HP PAVILION DV2700 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP Pavilion dv2500 and dv2700 Notebook PC Maintenance and Service Guide
© Copyright 2007 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. AMD, the AMD Arrow logo, Athlon, Sempron, Turion, and combinations thereof, are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel. Cele ron, Core, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are either trademarks or registered trademarks of M icrosoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information cont ained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Fourth Edition: December 2007 First Edition: April 2007 Document Part Number: 448075-004
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of he at-related injuries or of ov erheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Us e the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow an other hard surface, such as an ad joining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to bl oc k airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operatio n. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the u ser-accessible surface temp erature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 6095 0). iii
iv Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identification Top compo nents ........ ............................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ..... ...... 8 Display compo nents ............ ......................... ........................ ......................... ............ 8 Buttons, spea kers, and fingerprint rea der ............................... .............................. ........ 9 Keys ............ .......... .......... ........... ............. .......... ........... .......... ............. ........... ....... 11 Lights ........... ........ ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........ .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... 12 TouchPad ............... ........... ............ ............. ........... ........... ............... ........... ........... . 13 Front components .......... ......... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ........ .... . 14 Left-side components .. ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........ ........... ........ ...... .... . 15 Rear component ........ ............. ......... .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............. .......... ....... ..... 16 Right-side co mponents .................. .......... ............. ............ .............. ............. .......... ............. .. ... 16 Bottom components .. ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........ .......... ........ .... ... 17 3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location ...... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........... ........ ..... .... 18 Computer majo r components .. ........... ............. ........... ............ ........... ........... ............. ........... .... 1 9 Display asse mbly compo nents ............ ................. ............ ............... ................. ............ ............ 3 0 Door/Cover Kit ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ............. ..... ...... 32 Cable Kit .. ........... .......... ............. ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... .......... .... ........ . 33 Mass sto rage devices ........... .......... ........... .......... ........... .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... .. . 34 Miscellaneous parts ........ ......... .......... ......... ......... ........ ........... ......... ........ ......... ........... ...... .. ... 35 Sequential part number list ing ............ ........... ............. .......... .......... .............. .......... .............. .. .. 37 4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminar y replacem ent requireme nts .......... ............. ......... ............. ............ ........... ............ ....... 48 Tools required ........ ........... .............. ........... ........... ............. ........... ........... .............. . 48 Service co nsiderations ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ....... 48 Plastic parts ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... 48 Cables a nd connectors . ............... ................. ................ ............... ............. 49 Drive handling ......... .......... .............. ........... ........... ............. ........... .......... 49 Grounding guidelines .. ......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ......... ............ ......... ......... ... 50 v
Electrostatic discharge damage ... ........... ... .. ............ ......... ......... .......... ....... 50 Pac kagi ng a nd t ran spo rti ng gu ide lin es ... ............... ............. ......... 51 Workstation gu idelines .............................................................. 51 Equipment gu idelines .... .............. ............ ............ .............. ......... 52 Unknown u ser password .. .............. ............... ................ ............. ................... ........... 53 Component rep lacemen t procedur es ................................... ..................................................... 54 Serial numbe r .......... ............. ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ .............. ...... 54 Computer feet ... .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........... ........ .. 55 Battery . .......... .......... ........... .......... ........... .......... ............. .......... ........... ......... ......... 56 Camera modu le .......... .............. .......... ............ ........... ............ .............. ............ ....... 57 Display inverter ... ......... ........ ............ ........ ........... ......... ......... ........... ......... ........... ... 59 Hard drive ... ........................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ............ 61 WLAN module ...... ........... .............. ........... ........... .............. ........... ............ ............. . 65 SIM ... ............ ............. ............ ............ ........... ............... ............ ............. ........... ..... 69 RTC batter y .................. .................. ............... .................. ................ .................... ... 70 Memory module ... ......... .......... ......... ............ .......... ......... .......... ............ ......... ......... 71 Optical dr ive .......... ................ .............. .............. ............ .............. ................. ......... 73 Keyboard ..... ......... ........... ........ ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ......... ........... ........ ... 74 WWAN module ... ..................... ................ ................... .................... .................. .... 78 Switch cover ...... ........... ......... ........ ........... ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ........... .... 79 Display ass embly ............ ....................... ................. .................. .................. ............ 82 Top cover .... ............ ......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ...... 87 TouchPad .. .......... ........... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ............. .......... .......... . 92 Wireless switch board .. ........................ .................. ................. ........................ ........ 94 Modem modul e ................................ ............................... ................................... .... 95 Audio board .......... .......... ........... .............. ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ... 97 Bluetooth module ............................... ........................... ................................... ....... 98 USB boar d ............ ........... ............... ............... ............. ............... ............... ........... 10 0 Speaker assembly ..... ................... ................ ................. ............... .................... ..... 102 Display switch module ...... .................... .................. ..................... .................... ...... 104 System boar d .................... .......................... .................... ..................... ................ 106 Power co nnector cable ........................... ........................................ ....................... 10 8 ExpressCard assembly ........ ............. ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ....... 109 Fan/heat s ink assembly ........ ....................... ...................... ............................ ........ 112 Processor .. ................. .................. ................. .................. ................ ................. .... 115 5 Setup Utility Starting the S etup Utility ... ............ ........... ............. .......... ............. ........... .......... ............ ..... .... 117 Changing the language of the Se tup Utility ............................................................................. 117 Navigating and s electing in the S etup Utility ....... .................................................. ................... 118 Displaying sys tem informatio n ........................ ........................ ..................... ........................... 118 Restoring defaul t settings in the Setup Utili ty ............................................................................ 11 8 Using adva nced Setup Utility featur es .......... .............. ............... .............. .............. ............... ... 119 vi
Closing the Se tup Utility ....... .............. ............. ............. ............... ............ ............... ............ ... 119 Setup U tility menus ....... ........... ........... ............ ........... ........... ............. ........... .......... .......... .... 119 6 Specifications Computer specific ations ...... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ .. . 122 14.1-inch , WXGA, BrightView display spe cifications ............................................. .................. 123 Hard drive s pecifications ... ........................ ........................ ............................. ..................... . 124 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double- Layer Combo Drive spe cifications .............................. 125 High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD±RW Drive .................... ............................... .................... 126 System DMA specifications ...... ........... ........... .............. ......... .............. ........... ........... ............. 127 System interrupt specificationsâIntel processors ............ ............ ............. .......... ............ ............ 128 System interru pt specificatio nsâAMD proces sors .......... ................ ................. ................. ......... 129 System I/O ad dress specifica tionsâIntel pro cessors .... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............. 130 System I/O ad dress specif icationsâAMD pro cessors ... ......................... ......................... .......... 132 System memory map specific ationsâIntel proces sors ....... .......... ......... ........... ......... .......... ........ 134 System memo ry map specificat ionsâAMD pr ocessors ....... ...................... ........................ ......... 135 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2. 0Ã5.0 captive sc rew ......... ............. ............... ............. ................. ............. .......... 138 Phillips PM2. 5Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 139 Phillips PM3. 0Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 142 Phillips PM2. 0Ã6.0 shoulder screw ....... .......................... ...................... .......................... ....... 143 Phillips PM2. 5Ã9.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 143 Silver Philli ps PM2.0Ã3 .0 screw ......... ..................................... .......................................... .... 14 6 Phillips PM2. 5Ã7.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 148 Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw .. ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ...... 15 0 Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw .. ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ...... 15 2 Phillips PM2. 0Ã5.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 154 Silver Philli ps PM2.5Ã5 .0 screw ......... ..................................... .......................................... .... 15 5 Phillips PM2. 0Ã2.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 157 Phillips PM2. 0Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 158 Phillips PM2. 0Ã11.0 cap tive screw ... ................. ............. ............. ................. ............. ............ 159 8 Backup and Recovery Recoverin g system informatio n .......... .......... ............ .......... ............. .......... ............ ......... ......... 1 60 Backing up your information ..... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ ............ 160 When to back u p ............ ............. ............... ............. .............. ............ .... 160 Back up s uggestion s ............... ..................... ................ .................. ......... 161 Using system restore points .......... ............. ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. ... 161 When to create res tore points .... ............... ............. ................ ............... ... 161 Create a system restore p oint .......... ............. .......... ............ .......... .......... .. 161 Restore to a p revious date and time .......... ............ ............ .......... ........... ... 162 Creating rec overy discs .. .......................................... .................................... ......... 162 vii
Reinstalling software programs and dr ivers .. ........... ............... ........... ............ ............ 163 Reinstalling pre installed progra ms and drivers ....................... ............ ........ 163 Reinstalling prog rams from discs .......................................... .................... 163 Performing a recovery ...... .......... ............ ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. .... 164 Recover ing from the recovery disc s ............ ............. ........... ............ ........... 164 Recover ing from the partition on th e hard drive .... ................ ............... ....... 164 Deleting the recovery partition on the hard drive ................ ................. ...................... 165 Updating reinstalle d software .............. ....................................... ............................ 165 9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (mic rophone) .... .................. ................... ...................... ................. .................... ..... . 166 Audio-ou t (headphone) .. ................. ................. ..................... ................ ................... ............. 166 External monitor .... ............ ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... ..... ..... 167 RJ-11 (modem) ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ...... .... 168 RJ-45 (ne twork) ... ............ ............. ............. ............... ............ ............. ............. ............... .. ..... 168 S-Video-out ......... ......... ........ ........... ........ ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ........... .... ...... . 169 Universal Serial Bus ...... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ......... ............ .... .... 169 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countrie s or regions .......... ................ .................................. ................. .... 170 Requirements for specific countries or regions ........... ............... .......................... ........... ........... 171 11 Recycling Battery ...... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... ....... ...... ... 172 Display .. ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ............ ........... . .... .... 172 Index .. ........... .......... ............. ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... .......... ........... .. .... 178 viii
1 Product description Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem Product Name HP Pavilion dv2 500 and dv2700 Notebook PC â â â Processo rs Intel® Core⢠Duo with 800-MHz front side bus (FSB) T9300 2.50-GHz processor with 6-MB L2 cache â â T8300 2.40-GHz processor with 3-MB L2 cache â â T8100 2.10-GHz processor with 3-MB L2 cache â â T7700 2.40-GHz processor with 4-MB L2 cache â â T7500 2.20-GHz processor with 4-MB L2 cache â â T7250 2.00-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â T5550 1.83-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â T5450 1.67-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â Intel Pentium® Dual-Core : T2370 1.73 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â T2330 1.60 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â T2310 1.46 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â Intel Celeron® M: 540 1.86-GHz processor with 1- MB L2 cache â â 530 1.73-GHz processor with 1- MB L2 cache ââ 1
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proce ssors: Turion⢠TL-68 2.4-Ghz proces sor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-66 2.3-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-62 2.1-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-60 2.0-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-58 1.9-GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-55 1.8-GHz processor with 512-KB L2 cache â Turion MK-38 2.2-GHz processor with 512-MB L2 cache â Athlon⢠TK-57 1.9-GHz processor with 2-GB L2 cache â Sempron⢠3800 2.2-GHz processor with 256-KB L2 cache â Sempron 3600 2.0-GHz processor with 256-KB L2 cache â Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM965 â Northbridge: GM965 â Southbridge: Intel ICH8m â â Northbridge: nVidia MCP67M â Southbridge: nVidia Integrated â Graphics nVidia Discrete PCI Express à 16 Graphics â nVidia NB8M GS with 64 MB of dedicated video memory (8M à 32 GDD R3 à 2 PCs) with 128 MB of video memory w hen syste m memory is less than 1 GB (64 MB 64 MB Turbo Cache) â nVidia NB8M GS with 64 MB of dedicated video memory (8M à 32 GDD R3 à 2 PCs) with 256 MB of video memory w hen syste m memory is greater than or equal to 1 GB (64 MB 192 MB Turbo Cache) â 2C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem System design supports up to 55- W GPU requirement. Mobile Intel Gra phics Media Accelerator X3100 Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) with shared video memory: â Up to 64 MB on computers with 512 MB or less of system memory â Up to 128 MB on computers with more than 512 MB of system memory Memory size is a dynamic change. â UMA nVidia Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) with shared video memory: â Up to 64 MB on computers with 512 MB of system memory â Up to 256 MB on computers with 1024 MB of system memory â Up to 576 MB on computers with more than 2048 MB of system memory â Panel 14.1-inch, WXGA with Bright View â â â Memory 2 SODIMM slots â â â Customer-access ible/upgradable â â â Supports up to 4 GB of system RAM â â â DDRII PC2-5300 (667-MHz) â â â Supports the following configurations: â 4096 (2048 x 2) â 3072 (2048 1048) â 2048 (2048 Ã 1) â 2048 (1024 Ã 2) â 1536 (1024 512) ââ â 3
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem â 1024 (1024 à 1, 512 à 2) â 512 (512 à 1) Hard drives Supports 9.5-mm, 2.5-inch hard drives â â â Serial ATA â â â Supports the following drives: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm â 200-GB, 4200-rpm â 160-GB, 5400-rpm â 120-GB, 5400-rpm â 80-GB, 5400-rpm â â â Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) â â â Parallel ATA â â â 12.7-mm tray load â â â Supports the following drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive â DVD-CD/RW Combo Drive â â â Supports High Definition DVD- ROM and DVD±RW Drive â â Diskette drive Supports external USB drive only â â â Camera Low-light, VGA camera â â â Fixed (no tilt) â â â 640 à 480 by 20 frames per second â â â Microphone 2 dual-array microphones with software â â â Audio HD audio â â â Supports Windows Vista® Premium Logo requirements ââ â 4C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem Pavilion-branded Altec Lansing speakers â â â Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem â â â Supports all world-wide certification requirements â â â Modem cable not included â â â Ethernet Integrated Marvell E8039 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â â Ethernet cable not included â â â Wireless Integrated wire less local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module: Intel PRO Wireless 3945 802.11a/b/g and 802.11b/g with 2 antennae integrated into th e display assembly â â Intel PRO Wireless 4965 802.11a/b/g/n with 3 antennae integrated into the dis play assembly @ 2.4 and 5.0 GHz â â Intel WLAN Bluetooth® â â Broadcom 4321AGN Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11a/b/g/draft-n) Bluetooth w/2 antennas â Broadcom 4321AGN Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11a/b/g/draft-n) w/2 antennas â Broadcom BCM4312 Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11b/g) w/2 antennas â â â Integrated WWAN options by way of wireless module: 2 WWAN 5-band antennae built into display assem bly â â Subscriber identity module (SIM) security (customer-access ible in battery bay) ââ 5
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem Support for the foll owing WWAN formats: â Evolution-data optimized (EVDO) â High-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) â â External media card One ExpressCard54 slot â â â Digital Media Slot, supports SD, MMC, SD I/O, MS, MSpro, xD â â â Supports miniature versions of SD, MMC, MS Duo with adapter (adapter is not included) â â â Supports 2nd Mini-PCIe â â â Ports Audio-in (mono microphone) â â â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â â â Audio-out (stereo headphone with S/PDIF) â â â Consumer infrared â â â RJ-11 (modem) â â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â â â S-Video-out â â â USB (3) â â â VGA (Dsub 15-pin) â â â 1394 â â â 2-pin AC power â â â Docking Expansion port 3 supports HP xb3000 Notebook Expansion Base and HP Notebook QuickD ock â â â Keyboard/pointing devices 14.1-inch keyboard â â â TouchPad with 2 buttons and four- way scroll (taps enabled as default) â â â Power requirements 12-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery â â â 6-cell 2.55-Ah Li-ion batt ery â â â 6-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery ââ â 6C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug with ground pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) â â â Securit y Security cable slot â â â Fingerprint reader â â â Operating syste m Preinstalled: Configurable W indows Vista embedded "QuickPlay Direct" â â Windows Vista Business (32-bit) â â â Windows Vista Home Basic (32- bit) â â â Windows Vista Premium (32- and 64-bit) â â â Windows Vista Ultimate (64-bit) â â Serviceability End-user repl aceable parts: AC adapter â â â Battery (system) â â â Hard drive â â â Memory module â â â Optical drive â â â WLAN module ââ â 7
2 External component identification Top components Display components Item Compo nent Description (1) Internal microphones (2) ( select models only) Record sound. NOTE: If there is a microphone ico n next to each microphone opening, the computer has internal microphones. (2) Integrated camera light (select model s only) On: The integrated camera is in use. (3) Integrated camera (select models only) Records video and captures still photographs. (4) Internal display switch* Turns off the display if the displa y is closed while the computer is on. *The location of the internal displa y switch varies by computer model. 8C h a p t e r 2 External component identification
Buttons, speakers, an d fingerprint reader Item Component D escription (1) Power button* â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, pres s the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows ® shutdown procedures are ineffec tive, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about power settings , select Start > Control Panel > Syste m and Maintena nce > Power Options . (2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (3) Media button Opens the QuickPlay program. NOTE: If the computer has been set up to require a logon password, you may be asked to log on to Windows. QuickPlay opens after you lo g on. Refer to the QuickPlay Help for more information. (4) DVD button Opens the DVD playback fe ature of the QuickPlay program. Top components 9
Item Compo nent Description NOTE: If the compu ter has been set up to require a logon password, you may be asked to log on to Windows. QuickPlay opens after you log on . Refer to the QuickPlay Help for more information. (5) Previous/rewind button â Plays the previous track or chapter when pressed once. â Rewinds media when pressed simultaneou sly with the fn key. (6) Play/pause button Plays or pauses the disc. (7) Next/fast forward button â Plays the next track or chapter when pressed once. â Fast forwards media when pressed simultaneously with the fn key. (8) Stop button Stops the disc. (9) Volume mute button Mutes and restores the speaker sound. (10) Volume scroll zone Adjusts speaker vo lume. Slide your finger to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus s ign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. (11) Fingerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. *This table describes factory settings. For information about chan ging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in He lp and Support. 10 Chapter 2 External component identification
Keys Item Componen t Function (1) esc key Displays system in formation when press ed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used s ystem functions when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (5) Embedded numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. (6) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions wh en pressed in combination with the fn key. Top components 11
Lights Item Component Description (1) Power lights (2)* â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in th e Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level or a critical battery level. â Off: If the computer is plug ged into an external power source, the light is tu rned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If t he computer is not plugged into an ex ternal power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. (4) Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. (5) Media button light Blinks once when the media button is pressed. (6) DVD button light Blinks once when the DVD bu tton is pressed. (7) Previous/rewind light Blinks once when the previous/rewin d button is pressed. (8) Play/pause light Blinks once when the play/pause button is pressed. (9) Next/fast forward light Blinks once when the next /fast forward button is pressed. (10) Stop light Blinks once when the s top button is pressed. (11) Volume mute light â Blue: Computer sound is turne d on. â Amber: Computer sound is turned off. (12) Volume down light Blinking: The volume scroll zo ne is being used to decrease speaker vol ume. 12 Chapter 2 External component identification
Item Component Description (13) Volume up light Blinking: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume. (14) Num lock light On: Num lock is on or th e embedded numeric keypad is enabled. *The 2 power lights display the same information . The light on th e power button is visible only when the computer is open. The power light on the front of the compu ter is vi sible whether the comput er is open or closed. TouchPad Item Component Function (1) TouchPad light â Blue: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) TouchPad left button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. (5) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls up or down . (6) TouchPad right button* Functions like the right button on an external mo use. *This table describes factory settings. To view or change pointing device preferences, selec t Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse . Top components 13
Front components Item Component Function (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level or a critical battery level. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the comp uter is not plugged into an external po wer source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or op tical drive is being accessed. (4) Wireless switch Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not create a wireless connection. NOTE: To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must already be set up. (5) Wireless light â Blue: An integrated wireless device, s uch as a WLAN device and/or a Bluetooth® device, is turned on. â Amber: An integrated wireless device is turned off. (6) Consumer infrared lens Receives a signal from a remote control device, su ch as the HP Remote Control. (7) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microph one, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (8) Audio-out (headphone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. (9) Audio-out (headphone) S/PD IF jack (select models only) Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. 14 Chapter 2 External component identification
Left-side components Item Component Function (1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional secu rity cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the compu ter from being mishandled or stolen. (2) S-Vid eo-out jack Connects an optional S-Video device such as a television, VCR, camcorder, overhead projector, or video capture card. (3) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (4) Expansion port 3 Connects the computer to an optional docking device or expansion product. NOTE: The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansion port. (5) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. (6) USB port (select models only) Connects an optional USB device. NOTE: Depending on your computer model, the computer may include an HDMI port or a USB port. (7) 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1394 or 1394a device, su ch as a camcorder. (8) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory St ick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital Input/Output (SD I/O) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Card (XD) â xD-Picture Card (XD) Type H â xD-Picture Card (XD) Type M (9) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. (10) ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard/54 cards. Left-side co mponents 15
Rear component Component Description Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycl e on and off during routine operation. Right-side components Item Component Function (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs, and, on select models , also writes to optical discs. (2) USB ports Connect optional USB devices. (3) RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cable. (4) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 16 Chapter 2 External component identification
Bottom components Item Component Function (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latch Releases the battery fr om the battery bay. (3) Wireless module compartm ent Contains a wireless mo dule slot. CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmental ag ency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning mess age, remove the module to restore computer functionalit y, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. (4) Vents (4) Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) Memory module compartment Contains 2 memor y module slots . (6) Hard drive bay Holds the hard drive and the RTC battery. Bottom components 17
3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location When ordering parts or requestin g information, pr ovide the computer serial number and mod el number located on the bottom of the computer. 18 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Computer major components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display assemblies Computer major components 19
Item Description Spare part number 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models equipped with a camera module (includ es camera module, micropho nes, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models sold at B est Buy (i nclude s camera mo dule , microphones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models equipped with a camera module and a WW AN module (include s camera module , microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with Artist Edition computer models equipped with a came ra module (includes camer a module, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a came ra module (includes camer a module, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 466183-001 NOTE: See Display assembly components on page 30 for more information on display assembly internal component spare part numbers. (2) Switch covers For use only in computer models with Intel or AMD processors: â Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 451312-001 For use only in computer mo dels with Intel processors: â Switch cover for use only wit h computer models sol d at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451599-001 â On Artist Edition computers 462532-001 â On white Special Edition computers 466187-001 For use only in computer models with AMD processors: â Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 455849-001 (3) Key boards For use with basic computer models: â Belgium 448615-021 â Brazil 448615-201 â Canadian French 448615-121 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DH1 â France 448615-051 â Germany 448615-041 â Greece 448615-DJ1 â Israel 448615-BB1 20 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Ital y 448615-061 â Latin America 448615-161 â Japan 448615-291 â The Netherlands and Europe 448615-B31 â Portugal 448615-131 â Russia 448615-251 â Saudi Arabia 448615-171 â South Korea 448615-AD1 â Spain 448615-071 â Switzerland 448615-111 â Taiwan 448615-AB1 â Thailand 448615-281 â Turkey 448615-141 â The United Kingdom 448615-031 â The United States 448615-001 For use only with Special Edition co m puter models with AM D processors: â Japan 462549-291 â The United States 462549-001 For use only with metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors: â Brazil 452236-201 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 452236-DH1 â France 452236-051 â Italy 452236-061 â Latin America 452236-161 â Portugal 452236-131 â Saudi Arabia 452236-171 â South Korea 452236-AD1 â Spain 452236-071 â Switzerland 452236-111 â Taiwan 452236-AB1 â Thailand 452236-281 â Turkey 452236-141 â The United Kingdom 452236-031 â The United States 452236-001 Computer major components 21
Item Description Spare part number For use only with Artist Edition computer mo dels: â Brazil 462753-201 â Canadian French 462753-121 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 462753-DH1 â France 462753-051 â Germany 462753-041 â Italy 462753-061 â Japan 462753-291 â Latin America 462753-161 â The Netherlands and Europe 462753-B31 â Portugal 462753-131 â Saudi Arabia 462753-171 â South Korea 462753-AD1 â Spain 462753-071 â Taiwan 462753-AB1 â Thailand 462753-281 â Turkey 462753-141 â The United Kingdom 462753-031 â The United States 462753-001 For use only with white Special Edition com puter models: â The United States 463976-001 Door/Cover Kit (see Door/Cover Kit on page 32 fo r more Door/Cover Kit spare part component information) 417073-001 (4a) Top cover trim â For use only in computer model s with Intel processors equipped with a Web cam 430466-001 â For use only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 465309-001 â For use only in white Special Edition computer models 465310-001 â For use only in Artist Edition computer models 465311-001 (4b) ExpressCard slot bezel (4c) SIM slot cover (4d) Hard drive cover (4e) Memory module compartment cover (4f) Wireless module compartment cover (5) Top covers (include TouchPad and TouchPad cable) For use in computer models with Intel or AMD processors: 22 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes fingerprint reader board and cable) 448618-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel processors: â Not equipped with a fingerprint reader 448619-001 â Sold at Best Buy (includes fi ngerprint reader board and cable) 451600-001 â Sold at Best Buy and equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 457707-001 â Equipped with a WWAN module (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 â Equipped with a fingerprint reader bo ard and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459766-001 â On Artist Edition computers (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462531-001 â On white Special Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 466188-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: â Sold at Best Buy (does not include fingerprint reader board) 466612-001 â Sold at Best Buy (includes fi ngerprint reader board and cable) 466613-001 â Not equipped with a fingerprint reader 455835-001 (6a) TouchPad (include TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) For use with computer m odels with Intel process ors 451341-001 For use with computer m odels with AMD proces sors 455838-001 (6b) TouchPad bracket (included with top cover spare part kits and with TouchPad) (7a) Modem module (includes modem module cable) For use in dv2500 models 431852-001 For use in dv2700 models 463971-001 (7b) Modem module cable for use with computer models with Intel processors (incl uded with modem module) For use with computer models with AMD processors 455847-001 (8) Speaker assembly 417089-001 (9) ExpressCard assembly 417112-001 (10) System boards (include thermal material) For use in computer models with In tel processors: â On dv2500 models equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 448596-001 â On dv2500 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448598-001 â On dv2500 models equipped with a WWAN module 457356-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 460715-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 460716-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a WWAN module 460718-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: Computer major components 23
Item Description Spare part number â In full-featured dv2500 model s not equipped with a camera module 453411-001 â In defeatured dv2500 models not equipped with a camera module 453412-001 â In full-featured dv2700 model s equipped with a camera module 462535-001 â In defeatured dv2700 models equipped with a camera module 462536-001 (11) Wireless switch board (includes wireless switch board cable) 417092-001 (12) Audio board (includes audio connectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) For use in dv2500 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 448626-001 For use in dv2700 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 463972-001 For use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN modul e 459765-001 For use in dv2700 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN modul e 463973-001 (13) Processo rs (include thermal material) Intel Core 2 Duo processors: â T9300 (2.50-GHz, 6-MB L2 cache) 459799-001 â T8300 (2.40-GHz, 3-MB L2 cache) 459798-001 â T8100 (2.10-GHz, 3-MB L2 cache) 459797-001 â T7700 (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache) 448148-001 â T7500 (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache) 457312-001 â T7250 (2.00-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 457311-001 â T5750 (2.00-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 462353-001 â T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 458247-001 â T5450 (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 451597-001 â T5250e (1.50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 453948-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core process ors: â T2370 (1.73 GHz, 1-MB L2 cach e) 462354-001 â T2330 (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cach e) 457314-001 â T2310 (1.46-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457313-001 Intel Celeron M processors: â 540 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 454321-001 â 530 (1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457315-001 AMD processors: â Turion TL-68 (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463917-001 â Turion TL-66 (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 450804-001 and 453298-001 24 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Turion TL-62 (2.1 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 â Turion TL-60 (2.0 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455807-001 â Turion TL-58 (1.9 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448561-001 â Turion TL-55 (1.86 -GHz, 1-M B L2 cache) 455808-001 â Turion MK-38 (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 449904-001 â Athlon TK-57 (1.9-GHz, 2-GB L2 cache) 459759-001 â Sempron 3800 (2.2-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 459760-001 â Sempron 3600 (2.0-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 450609-001 (14) Fan /heat sink assembly (includes thermal material) For use in comp uter models with Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448625-001 For use in comp uter models with In tel pr ocessors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 450096-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors 455843-001 Fan/heat sink assembl y mounting bracket (not illustrated) 417114-001 (15) Bluetooth module (includes Bluetoo th module cable) 397923-002 Bluetooth modul e cable for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (not illustrated) 458 663-001 (16) Power connector cable For use with computer m odels with Intel process ors 448628-001 For use with computer m odels with AMD proces sors 430462-001 (17) Base enclosures For use only with computer models with Int el processors that are equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 451342-001 For use on ly with computer m odels with In tel or AMD processors that are equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448621-001 For use only with computer models with Int el processors equipped with a WWAN module 451343-001 Rubber Feet Kit (includes compu ter feet, not illustrated) 417095-001 (18) USB board (includes USB board cable) For use in comp uter models with Intel processors 417085-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel or AMD proces sors 455839-001 (19) Batt eries For use in compu ter models with Intel or AMD processors: â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah 441611-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel processors: â 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 452056-001 Computer major components 25
Item Description Spare part number â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 452057-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 455806-001 â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 455804-001 (20) Hard driv es (include hard drive bracket) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â 320-MB. 5400-rpm 459611-003 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive h ardwa re kit (contains screws, hard driv e bracket, and co nnector; not illlustrated) 453419-001 (21) RTC battery 417076-001 (22) Memory modules (667 -MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â 2048-MB 455739-001 â 1024-MB 452062-001 â 512-MB 452061-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 2048-GB 448151-002 â 1024-MB 453415-001 â 512-MB 453414-001 (23) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 26 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 452050-001 â High Definition DVD-ROM and D VD±RW Drive 463933-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mu lti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 455828-001 (24) WLAN modules 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules : â For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvado r, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 441086-001 â For use in Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrai n, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel , Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, M ontenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slov enia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United K ingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-002 â For use in Australia, New Zealand, P akist an, the People's Repu blic of China, and South Korea 441086-003 â For use in Japan 441086-291 â For use in South Korea 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g WLAN modules: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argent ina, Australia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Re public, Guam, Guatem ala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, and Vietnam 452063-001 â For use in Aruba, Aus tria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Bulgaria, the Cayman Islands, Colombia , Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, El Salv ador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Jordan, La tvia, Lebanon , Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-002 â For use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pa kistan, the People's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452063-003 â For use in Japan 451861-291 802.11b/g WLAN modul e for use in Thailand 409407-004 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g modules : â For use in the United States and Canada 441075-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australi a, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, 441075-002 Computer major components 27
Item Description Spare part number Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Bots wana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Repu blic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Gu yana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Ku wait, Kyrgy zstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithua nia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, M ali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mon tenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qata r, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe â For use in Japan 441075-291 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN modules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 441090-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Alg eri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australi a, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Bots wana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Repu blic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Gu yana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Ku wait, Kyrgy zstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithua nia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, M ali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mon tenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qata r, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-002 28 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â For use in Japan 441090-291 802.11n WLAN modules: â For use in the United States and Canada 436255-001 â For use in the Argentina, Australia, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemal a, Honduras, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Nicaragua, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela 436256-001 â For use in Japan 436256-291 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g modules: â For use in Canada, Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Be lize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Ce ntral African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Comor os, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, D ominican Re public, East Timor, Ec uador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Irel and, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribat i, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, Br itish Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islan ds, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Moro cco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway , Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, People's Republic of China, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzan ia, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukra ine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Urug uay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 Cable Kit (not illustrate d; see Cable Kit on page 33 for more Cable K it component information) 417075-001 (25) WWAN modules HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WWAN mo dule for use in the United States 451131-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WWAN module, including GPRS 459350-001 Computer major components 29
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezels For use only with compu ter models equippe d with a camera modu le (includes openin gs for camera module and microphones) 448607-001 For use only with computer models no t equipped with a camera module (includes openings for microphones) 448606-001 For use only with computer models so ld at Best Buy (includes openings for camera module and microphones) 451907-001 For use only with computer models eq uipped with a camera module and a WWAN module (includes openin gs for camera module and microphones) 457796-001 For use only with Artist Edition computer models 462529-001 For use only with white Special Edition computer models 466185-001 Rubber display bezel kit (contains all rubber pieces fo r the display bezel; not illustrated) 458653-001 (2) Display inverter (includes Mylar shield) 417097-001 (3) Camera module (includes camera module bracket and 2-sided tape) 453673-001 (4) 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display panel (includes display panel cable) For use with computer models w ith Intel processors not equipped with a WWAN module 448602-001 For use with computer models with Intel process ors equipped with a WWAN module 4486 02-002 30 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number For use with computer models with AMD processors 455810-00 1 (5) Wirel ess Antenna Kit For use with computer models with Intel processors 448609-001 For use with computer models with Intel processors and a WWAN module 448609-002 For use with computer models with AMD processors 458657-00 1 Display Hinge Kit For use with computer models with Intel processors 430473-001 For use with computer models with AMD processors 455817-00 1 (6) Left and right display hinges (7) Left and right display hinge covers for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors (included in Display Hinge Kit) Left and right display hinge covers for us e in computer m odels with AMD proces sors 455845-001 Left and right display hinge covers for use in Artist Edition computer models 462530-001 Left and right display hinge covers for use in white Special Edition computer models 466186-001 (8) Display switch module 417 087-001 Display Cable K it 448610-001 (9) Microphones and cables (10) Camera module cable (11) Display e nclosures Display enclosure (includes log o and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 448605-001 Display enclosure for use on ly with computer mo dels sold at Best Buy (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 451598-001 Display enclosure for use only with com puter models equipped with a WWAN module (includes logo a nd WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 457797-001 Display enclosure for use only with Artist Edition computer models (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 462528-001 Display enclosure for use only with white Special Edition computer models (inclu des logo and WLAN wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 466184-001 Display Screw Kit (includes display bezel rubber screw covers, not illustrated) For use in computer models with Intel processors 417104-00 1 For use in computer models with AMD processors 455868-001 Display cable for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (plugs from unit into display panel; not illustrated) 458655-001 Display bracket for use in co mputer models with AMD processors (not illustrated) 455811-001 Display assembly components 31
Door/Cover Kit Item Description Spare part number Door/Cover Kit 417073-001 (1) Top cover trim (2) ExpressCard slot bezel (3) Hard drive cover (includes 2 captive screws, secured by C-clips) (4) Memory module compartment cover (include s 2 captive screws, secured by C-clips) (5) Wireless module com partment cover (includ es 1 captive screw, secured by a C-clip) (6) SIM slot cover 32 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Cable Kit Item Description Spare part number Cable Kit 417075-001 (1) Power button board cable (2) LED board cable (3) USB board cable (inclu des num lock light) (4) Bluetooth module cable (5) Modem module cable (inc ludes R J-11 connector) Cable Kit 33
Mass storage devices Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drives (include hard drive bracket) For use in computer models with Intel processors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-003 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in computer models with AMD pro cessors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive ha rdware kit (contains screws, hard drive bracket, and connecto r; not illustrated) 453419-001 (2) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) For use in computer models with Intel processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 452050-001 34 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD±RW Drive 463933-001 For use in computer models with AMD processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 455828-001 Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number AC adapters 90-W PFC AC adapter 409515-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 417220-001 For use in Japan 403810-291 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner antenna 439131-001 ATSC/NTSC/PAL TV tuner 439130-001 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner 439130-002 Composite video cable 407939-001 DVB-T tu ner 412175-001 DVB-T tu ner ; for use with 412176-003 412175-002 DVB-T tuner adapter 412176-001 DVB-T antenna and DVB-T antenn a adapter 412176-002 DVB-T antenna adapter ; for use with 412175-002 412176-003 Earbud headset 371693-003 Fingerprint reader 458113-001 HP backpack 405527-001 HP carrying case 418162-001 HP slipcase 458248-001 HP Remote Control for use with compu ter models with Intel processors 407313-001 HP Remote Control for use with compu ter models with AMD processors 435743-001 Infrared emitter with cable 439129-001 Optical wi red mouse 436238-001 Power/USB br acket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455833-001 RF input adapter cable (without ferrite) 407940-001 TV tuner remote co ntrol for use in E urope, the Middle East, and Afric a 408479-002 Miscellaneous parts 35
Description Spare part number USB digita l drive 364727-002 USB infrared receiver 408483-001 Windows Vista remote contro l (does not fit into ExpressCard slot) 439254-001 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter 430326-001 Power co rds: Argentina 383496-D01 Australia and New Zealand 383496-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, Fr ance, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Norway , Portugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-021 Brazil 383496-201 Canada, French Canada, Latin Americ a, Thailand, and the United States 383496-001 Denmark 383496-081 India 383496-D61 Israel 383496-BB1 Italy 383496-061 Japan 383496-291 The People's Republic of China 383496-AA1 South Africa 383496-AR1 South Korea 38349 6-AD1 Switzerland 383496-111 Taiwan 383496-AB1 The United Kingdom and Hong Kong 383496-031 Screw Kit For use in computer models with Intel processors 417108-001 For use in computer models with AMD processors 455867-001 â Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Silver Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 must er screw 36 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Description Spare part number â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 364727-002 USB digital drive 371693-003 Wired headset with volume control 383496-001 Power cord for use in the United States 383496-011 Power cord for use in Australia 383496-021 Power cord for use in Europe 383496-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom 383496-061 Power cord for use in Italy 383496-081 Power cord for use in Denmark 383496-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 383496-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 383496-291 Power cord for use in Japan 383496-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's Repu blic of China 383496-AB1 Power cord f or use in Taiwan 383496-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 383496-AR1 Power cord for use in South Afri ca 383496-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 383496-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 383496-D61 Power cord for use in India 397923-002 Bluetooth module (inclu des Bluetooth module cable) 403810-291 Power adapter for use in Japan 405527-001 HP backpack 407313-001 HP Remote Control for use with computer models with Intel processors 407939-001 Composite video cable Sequential part number listing 37
Spare part number Description 407940-001 RF input adapter cable (without ferrite) 408479-002 TV tuner remote control for use in Europe, the M iddle East, and Africa 408483-001 USB infrared receiver 409407-004 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Thailand 409515-001 90-W PFC AC adapter 412175-001 DVB-T tuner 412175-002 DVB-T tuner; for use with 412176-003 412176-001 DVB-T tuner adapter 412176-002 DVB-T antenna and DVB-T antenna adapter 412176-003 DVB-T antenna adapter; for use with 412175-002 417073-001 Door/Cover Kit (see Door/Cover Kit on page 32 for more Door/Cover Ki t component information) 417075-001 Cable Kit (see Cable Kit on page 33 for more Cable Kit component information) 417076-001 RTC battery 417085-001 USB board for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes USB board cable) 417087-001 Display switch module 417089-001 Speaker assembly 417092-001 Wireless switch board(includes wireless switch board cable) 417095-001 Rubber Feet Kit (includes compu ter feet) 417097-001 Display inverter (includes Mylar shield) 417104-001 Display Screw Kit for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 417108-001 Screw Kit for use in computer models with Intel processors 417112-001 ExpressCard assembly 417114-001 Fan/heat sink assembly m ounting bracket 417220-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 418162-001 HP carrying case 430326-001 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter 430462-001 Power connector cable for use in co mputer models with AMD processors 430466-001 Top cover trim for use in computer models with Intel processors equipped with a Web cam 430473-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in c omputer models with Intel pr o cessors (includes left and right display hinges, left and right display hinge covers, and dis play switch module) 431852-001 Modem module for use in dv2500 models (inclu des modem module cable) 435743-001 HP Remote Control for use with computer models with AMD processors 436238-001 Optical wired mouse 436255-001 WLAN 802.11n module for use in the United States and Canada 38 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 436256-001 WLAN 802.11n module for u se in Argentina, Austral ia, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatema la, Honduras, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Nicaragu a, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Uruguay, Ven ezuela 436256-291 WLAN 802.11n module for use in Japan 439129-001 Infrared emitter with cable 439130-001 ATSC/NTSC/PAL TV tuner 439130-002 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner 439131-001 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner antenna 439254-001 Windows Vista remote control (does not fit into Ex pressCard slot) 441075-001 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the Un ited States and Canada 441075-002 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN modu le for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belg ium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islan ds, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Repu blic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoro s, the Congo, Costa Ric a, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominic a, the Dominica n Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, E ritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, Fra nce, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Ho nduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Ice land, In dia, Indonesia, I reland, Is rael, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait , Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latv ia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, M adagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mex ico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mo ngolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nau ru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Rus sia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Sa udi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Island s, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazilan d, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Tr inidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Tu rkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Un ited Kingdom, Urug uay, Uzbeki stan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441075-291 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN modu le for use in Japan 441086-001 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentin a, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemal a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the Un ited States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 441086-002 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Austria, Azer baijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, Fran ce, Georg ia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein , Lith uania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, S pain, Sri L anka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-003 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Australia, New Zealand, Pakistan, the Peop le's R epublic of China, and South Korea 441086-291 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Japan 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g /n WLAN modem for use in South Korea 441090-001 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Can ada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States Sequential part number listing 39
Spare part number Description 441090-002 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN m odule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola , Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, A zerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bh utan, B olivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Co lombia, Comoros, t he Congo, Costa Ric a, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, E thiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greec e, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lao s, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho , Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco , Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealan d, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama , Papua New Guinea, Para guay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Republ ic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Af rica, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname , Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan , Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uru gua y, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, V enezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-291 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Japan 441611-001 6-cell, 2.55-Ah battery for use in co mputers with Intel or AMD processors 448148-001 Intel Core Duo T7700 processor (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) 448151-002 2-GB memory module for use in computer models with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) 448561-001 AMD Turion TL-58 proces sor (1.9-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448596-001 System board for use only with dv2500 computer mode ls with Intel processors and equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem (inclu des thermal material) 448598-001 System board for use only with dv2500 computer mo dels with Intel processors and equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (inclu des thermal material) 448602-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightV iew display panel for use in computer models with Intel processors not equipped with a WWAN module (includes display panel cable) 448602-002 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display panel for use in co mputer models with Intel process ors equipped with a WWAN module (includes display panel cable) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN trans ceivers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module (inclu des camera module, m icrophones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448605-001 Display enclosure (i ncludes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 448606-001 Display bezel for use with compu ter models that are no t equipped with a cam era module (includes opening s for microphones) 448607-001 Display bezel for use with comp uter models equipped with a camera m odule (includes openings for cam era module and microphones) 448609-001 Wireless Antenna Kit for use in co mputer models with Intel processors 448609-002 Wireless Antenna Kit for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors and a WWAN module 448610-001 Display Cable Kit (includes microphones and microphone cables and camera module cable) 40 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 448615-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 448615-021 Keyboard for use in Belgium 448615-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 448615-041 Keyboard for use in Germany 448615-051 Keyboard for use in France 448615-061 Keyboard for use in Italy 448615-071 Keyboard for use in Spain 448615-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland 448615-121 Keyboard for use in French Canada 448615-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal 448615-141 Keyboard for use in Tu rkey 448615-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America 448615-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 448615-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil 448615-251 Keyboard for use in Russia 448615-281 Keyboard for use in Th ailand 448615-291 Keyboard for use in Japan 448615-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan 448615-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea 448615-B31 Keyboard for international use 448615-BB1 Keyboard fo r use in Israel 448615-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DJ1 Keyboard for use in Greece 448618-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel or AMD proces sors that are equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad, TouchPad cable, fingerpr int reader board, finger print reader board cable) 448619-001 Top cover for use only with computer mo dels with Intel processors that are not equi pped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 448621-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models with Intel or AMD processors that are equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448625-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with Intel processors equ ipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (includes thermal m aterial) 448626-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 models (includes audi o connectors, infrared l ens, and audio board cable) 448628-001 Power connector cable for use in com puter models with Intel processors 449904-001 Turion MK-38 processor (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 450096-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with Intel processors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem (includes thermal m aterial) Sequential part number listing 41
Spare part number Description 450609-001 AMD Sempron 3600 processor (2.0-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 450804-001 AMD Turion TL-66 proces sor (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 451131-001 HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WWAN module for u se in the United States 451312-001 Switch cover for us e on ly in c omput er mod els wi th In tel or AMD proces sors (inclu des LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451341-001 TouchPad for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 451342-001 Base enclosure for use on ly with computer models wit h Intel processors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 451343-001 Base enclosure for use on ly with computer models wit h Intel processors equipped with a WWAN modu le 451597-001 Intel Core Duo T5450 processor (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache, includes thermal material) 451598-001 Display enclosure for use onl y with computer models with Intel processors sold at Best Buy (includes log o and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 451599-001 Switch cover for use only with compu ter models with In tel process ors sold at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451600-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel proces sors sold at Best Buy 451861-291 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in Japan 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors and equipped with a WWAN module (includes camera modu le, camera module cable, microphones, and WL AN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors sold at Best Buy (includes camera module, camera module cable, microphones, and WL AN transceivers and antenna cables) 451907-001 Display bezel for use only with computer models with Intel proc essors sold at Best Buy (includes opening s for camera module and microphones) 452050-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive for use in c omputer models with Intel proc essors (includes bezel and bracket) 452051-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mu lti Double-Layer Combo Drive for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes bezel and bracket) 452052-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Com bo Drive with LightSc ribe for use in computer m odels with Intel processors (includes bezel an d bracket) 452056-001 12-cell, 8.80-Ahr battery for use in com puter models with Intel processors 452057-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ahr battery for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors 452058-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in computer models with Intel processors 452059-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 452060-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 452061-001 1024-MB memory module (6 67-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in com puter models with Intel processors 452062-001 512-MB memory modu le (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors 452063-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module fo r use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Au stralia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Guam, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, Vietnam 42 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 452063-002 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for us e in Aruba, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Bulgaria, the Cay man Islands, Co lombia, Croatia, Cypr us, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Ge rmany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Irel and, Italy, Jordan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Malta, Monaco , Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Roma nia, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain , Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the Unit ed Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-003 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pakistan, the Peop le's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452236-001 Keyboard for use in the United States only in metal-colo red Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom only in meta l-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-051 Keyboard for use in France only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-061 Keyboard for use in Italy only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer mode ls with Intel processors 452236-071 Keyboard for use in S pain only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer mo dels with Intel processors 452236-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland only in metal-co lored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-131 Keyboard for use in Portu gal only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel proces sors 452236-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey only in metal-colored Special Edition co mputer models with Intel processors 452236-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America only in met al-colore d Special Edition computer models with Intel pro cessors 452236-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with In tel processors 452236-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil only in metal-colored Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-281 Keyboard for use in Thailan d only in metal-colored Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer models with Intel proces sors 452236-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel process ors 452236-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sw eden only in metal-colored Special Editio n computer models with Intel processors 453298-001 AMD Turion TL-66 processor (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 453411-001 System board for use in full-featur ed dv2500 models with AMD processors not equi pped with a camera module (includes thermal material) 453412-001 System board for use in defeatur ed dv2500 models with AMD processors n ot equipped with a camera module (includes thermal material) 453414-001 512-MB memory module for use in computer mode ls with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-53 00, 1-DIMM) 453415-001 1-GB memory module for use in compu ter models with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1 -DIMM) 453416-001 80-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD pro cessors 453417-001 120-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 453418-001 160-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 453419-001 Hard drive hardware kit for use in computer m odels wi th AMD processors (contain s screws, hard drive bracket, and connector) 453673-001 Camera module (includes camera module bracket and 2-sided tape) 453948-001 Intel Core Duo T5250e processor (1. 50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) Sequential part number listing 43
Spare part number Description 453949-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for u se in computer models with Int el processors (includes hard drive bracket) 454321-001 Intel Celeron M 540 processor (1.86-GHz, 1-M B L2 cache) 455739-001 2048-MB memory module (6 67-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in com puter models with Intel processors 455740-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm hard drive for u se in computer models with Intel processors (includes hard drive bracket) 455804-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ahr battery for use in computer mo dels with AMD processors 455806-001 12-cell, 8.80-Ahr battery for use in com puter models with AMD process ors 455807-001 AMD Turion TL-60 proces sor (2.0-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455808-001 AMD Turion TL-55 proces sor (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 AMD Turion TL-62 proces sor (2.1-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455810-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display pan el for use in co mputer models with AMD processors (includes display panel cable) 455811-001 Display bracket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455817-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in com puter models with AMD proc essors (includes left and right display hinges, left and right display hinge covers, and display switch module) 455827-001 250-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 455828-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive for use in c omputer models with AMD proces sors (includes bezel and bracket) 455829-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double -Layer Combo Drive for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes bezel and bracket) 455830-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Com bo Drive with LightSc ribe for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (includes bezel and bracket) 455832-001 Power connector cable for use in co mputer models with AMD processors 455833-001 Power/USB bracket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455835-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with AM D processors that are not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 455838-001 TouchPad for use in computer models with AMD proc essors (includes Touch Pad br acket and TouchPad cable) 455839-001 USB board for use in computer models with In tel or AMD processors (i ncludes USB board cable) 455843-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes thermal material) 455845-001 Display hinge covers for use in computer models with AMD processors 455847-001 Modem module cable for use in com puter models with AMD processors 455849-001 Switch cover for use only in compu ter models with Intel processo rs (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 455867-001 Screw Kit for use in computer models with AMD processors 455868-001 Display Screw Kit for use in com puter models with AMD processors 457311-001 Intel Core Duo T7250 processor (2.0-G Hz, 2-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 457312-001 Intel Core Duo T7500 processor (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) 457313-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T2310 processor ( 1.46 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 44 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 457314-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T2330 proc essor (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache; includes therma l material) 457315-001 Intel Celeron M 530 processor ( 1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457356-001 System board for u se in dv2500 computer models wi th Intel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes thermal material) 457707-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel pr ocesso rs sold at Best Buy an d equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchP ad and TouchPad cable) 457796-001 Display bezel for use only with computer models equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module (includes openings fo r came ra module and microphones) 457797-001 Display enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with a WWAN module (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 458113-001 Fingerprint reader 458247-001 Intel Core Duo T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-M B L2 cache; includes thermal material) 458248-001 HP slip case 458653-001 Rubber display bezel kit for use in com puter models with AMD process ors 458655-001 Display cable for use in compu ter models with AMD processors 458657-001 Wireless Antenna Kit for us e in computer models with AMD processors 458663-001 Bluetooth module cable for u se in computer models with AMD processors 459263-001 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g module for use in Canada, Cayman Is lands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosn ia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape V e rde, Central African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Como ros, Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cy prus , Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salv ador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, In dia, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribat i, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, British Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadelo upe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Li echtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Mauritania , Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, M ozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Ne pal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papu a New Guinea, Paraguay, Peop le's Republic of China, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somal ia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suri name, Swaziland, Sweden , Switzerla nd, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Tu rkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu , Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459350-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WW AN module, including GPRS 459611-002 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes hard drive bracket) 459611-003 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes hard drive bracket) 459759-001 AMD Athlon TK-57 processor (1.9-GHz, 2-M B L2 cache) 459760-001 AMD Sempron 3800 processor (2.2-G Hz, 256-KB L2 cache) Sequential part number listing 45
Spare part number Description 459765-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel process or and equipped with a WWAN module (includes audio connectors, infrar ed lens, and audio board cable) 459766-001 Top cover for use only with computer m odels with Inte l processors equipped with a fingerprint reader board and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with In tel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459797-001 Intel Core Duo T8100 processor (2.10-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459798-001 Intel Core Duo T8300 processor (2.40-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459799-001 Intel Core Duo T9300 processor (2.50-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459951-001 200-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 460715-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel pr ocess ors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 460716-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics su bsystem 460718-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel processors equippe d with a WWAN module 462353-001 Intel Dual Core T5750 2.00-GHz processor, 2- MB L2 cache; includes thermal material 462354-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T2370 1.73-GHz processor, 1-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, dis play assembly for use on ly with Artist Edition computer m odels equipped with a camera module (includes camera module, microphones, and WLAN transceive rs and antenna cables) 462528-001 Display enclosure for use onl y with Artist Edition comp uter models (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 462529-001 Display bezel for use only with Artist Edition computer models 462530-001 Display hinge covers for use in Artist Edition com puter models 462531-001 Top cover use only with Artist Edition comput er models (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462532-001 Switch cover for use only with Artist Edition computers 462535-001 System board for use in full-featured dv2700 models with AMD processors equ ipped with a camera module 462536-001 System board for use in defeatured dv2700 models with AMD processors equipped with a camera module 462549-001 Keyboard or use in the United States on ly with Sp ecial Edition computer models with AMD processors: 462549-291 Keyboard for use in Japan only with Special Edition computer models with AMD processors: 462753-001 Keyboard for use in the United States only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom on ly in Artist Edition computer models 462753-041 Keyboard for use in Germany only in Artist Edition compu ter models 462753-051 Keyboard for use in France only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-061 Keyboard for use in Italy only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-071 Keyboard for use in Spain only in Artist Edition computer model s 462753-121 Keyboard for use in French Canada only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey only in Artist Edition computer models 46 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 462753-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia only in Artist Edition computer model s 462753-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-281 Keyboard for use in Thailand only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-291 Keyboard for use in Japan only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-AD1 Keyb oard for use in Sou th Korea only in Artist Editio n computer models 462753-B31 Keyboard fo r use in the Netherlan ds and Euro p e on ly in Art ist Ed ition computer mo dels 462753-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, an d Sweden only in Artist Edition computer models 463917-001 AMD Turion TL-68 processor (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463933-001 High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD± RW Drive 463971-001 Modem module for use in dv2700 models (includes modem mo dule cable) 463972-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer model s with Intel or AMD processors (includes audio connectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) 463973-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 com puter models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module (includes audio connectors, infrar ed lens, and audio board cable) 463976-001 Keyboard for use in th e United States only with white Special Edition compu ter models 465309-001 Top cover trim for use in metal-colored Special Edition computer mo dels with Intel processors 465310-001 Top cover trim for use in white Special Edition computer models 465311-001 Top cover trim for use in Artist Edition computer models 466183-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightV iew, display assembly for use onl y with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes camera modu le, microphones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 466184-001 Display enclosure for u se only with white Special Edit ion computer models (includes logo and WLA N wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 466185-001 Display bezel for use only with wh ite Special Edition computer models 466186-001 Display hinge covers for u se in white Special Edition computer models 466187-001 Switch cover for use only in white Special Edition comp uter models with Intel processors (includes LED board and cable and power bu tton board and cable) 466188-001 Top cover for use only in white Special Editio n computers (includes To uchPad and TouchPad cable) 466612-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with AMD processors that are sold at Best Buy and do not include fingerprint reader board (inclu des TouchPad and TouchP ad cable) 466613-001 Top cover for use only with compu ter models with AMD processors that are sold at Best Bu y and include fingerprint reader board and cable (i ncludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) Sequential part number listing 47
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and replacement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include some of the consideration s that you must keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassem bly from the computer, place the subass embly (and all accompanying screws) away from the work area t o prevent damage. Plastic parts Using excessive force during disa ssembly and reassembly can dama ge plastic parts . Use ca re when handling the plastic parts. Ap ply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. 48 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that c ables are placed in their proper locations during the reasse mbly process. Im proper cable pl acement can damage the c omputer. Cables must be handled wi th extreme care t o avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertio n. Ha ndle cables by t he connector whenever possible. In all cases, avoid bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being remo ved or replaced. Hand le flex cables with extreme care; these cables tear easily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile components that must be handled with care. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of informat ion, obser ve these precau tions: Before removing or inserting a hard drive, sh ut down the computer. If you are unsure w hether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, an d then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are discharged of stat ic electricity. While handling a drive, avoid touching the connector. Before removing a diskette dr ive or optical drive, be sure that a disk ette or disc is not in the drive and be sure that the optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives o n surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropp ing drives f rom any height onto any surface. After removing a hard drive, an op tical drive, or a disk ette drive, place it in a static-proof bag . Avoid exposing a hard drive to products that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speakers . Avoid exposing a drive to temp erature extreme s or liquids. If a drive must be ma iled, place the drive in a bubbl e pack mailer or other suit able form of protective packaging and la bel the package âFRAGILE.â Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 49
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic di scharge da mage Electronic components are sensitiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sens itivity. Networks built into man y integr ated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity fr om a finge r or other co nduc tor can destroy static-sensit ive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neither felt nor hea rd, damage may have occ urred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may n ot be affected at all and can work pe rfectly thro ughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the computer when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these pre cautions: Keep components in their electrostatic-safe co ntainers until you area ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electronic component, discharge st atic electricity by using the guidelines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electronic components as li ttle as pos sible. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostati c-sa fe container. The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Typical elect rostatic voltage le vels Relative humidity Event 10 % 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 50 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelines when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand co ntact, transport pr oducts in static-safe tube s, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive part s and assemblies with co nductive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foa m. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic belts and roller bushin gs. Be sure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is w ired to ground and that proper mat erials are selected to avoid static charging. When ground ing is not possible, use an ionize r to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these grounding wo rkstation guidelines: â Cover the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded wo rk surface and use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service tools, such as cutters, screwd rivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must dir ectly contact dissipativ e surfaces, use fixtures made only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive materia l s, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids a nd Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins , leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before in sert ing or removing connectors or test equi pment. Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 51
Equipment guidelines Grounding equipment must include either a wrist st rap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connect ed to a gr ou nded system. Wrist stra ps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snu gly against the skin at all time s. On grounded mats wi th banana-plu g connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wris t strap. â When standing, u se foot straps and a grounded floor m at. Foot straps (he el, toe, or bo ot straps) can be used at standi ng workstatio ns and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors o r dissipative floor mats, use foo t straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. To be effec tive, the conductive strip s must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equipment is reco mmended to preven t electrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protect ors â Conductive bins and other a ssembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tabletop workstations with grou nd cords of one meg ohm resistan ce â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awar eness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bag s, tubes, or b oxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and pro tective m aterials The following table lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Us e Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V 52 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Unknown user password If the computer you are servicing has an unknown user pa ssword, follow t hese step s to clear the password . NOTE: These steps a lso clear CMOS. Before disass embling the computer, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 70 ). 6 . Wait approximately 5 minutes. 7 . Replace the RT C battery and reasse mble the comput er. 8 . Connect AC power to the computer. Do no t reinsert any batteries at this time. 9 . Turn on the compute r. All passwords and all CMOS settings have been cleared. Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 53
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remo val and repl acement proc edures. There are as many as 95 screws, in 15 differ ent size s, that must be removed, replaced, or loos ened when servicing the computer. Make special note of ea ch sc rew size and location d uring remova l and replacement. Serial number Report the computer serial number to HP when reques ting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer. 54 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Computer feet Description Spare part number Rubber Feet Kit (includes base enclos ure rubber feet and display bezel s crew covers) 417095-001 The computer feet are adhesive- backed rubber pads. The feet attach to the base enclosure in the locations illus trated b elow. Component replacement procedures 55
Battery Description Spare part number For use in comput er models with Int el or AMD processors: 6-cell, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 441611-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: 12-cell, 8.80-Ah Li-ion battery 452056-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery 452057-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 455806-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 455804-001 Before disasse mbling the compute r, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. Remove the battery: 1 . Turn the computer up side down on a flat surface. 2 . Slide the battery release latch (1) to re lease the computer. 3 . Pivot the battery (2) upward and remove it from the computer. To insert the battery, insert the re ar edge of the battery into the batt ery bay and pivot the front edge downward until the battery is seated. The battery rele ase latch automatically lock s the battery into place. 56 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Camera module If it has been determined that the camera module is the component that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to b e r e m o v e d . F o l l o w t h e p r o c e d u r e s i n t h i s s e c t i o n to replace the ca mera module . Fo r information on replacing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see Display assembly on page 82 . Description Spare part number Camera module (includes camera module bracket an d 2-sided tape) 453673-001 Before removing the camera module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the camera module: 1 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 2 . Open the computer as far as it will open. 3 . Remove the four rubber s crew covers (1) on the display bezel top ed ge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in the Rubber Fe et Kit, spare part number 417095-00 1. 4 . Remove the four Philli ps PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the display bezel top edge to the display assembly. 5 . Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides (1) and the top edge (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disengag es from the display enclosure. Component replacement procedures 57
6 . Release the displa y bezel top edge (3) . Display bezels are available using the foll owing spare part numbers: â 448607-001 (f or use only with compu ter models that are equip ped with a camer a module; includes openings for came ra module and microphones) â 448606-001 (for use o nly with comp uter models no t equipped with a camera module; i ncludes openings for microphones) â 451907-001 (for use o nly with c omputer models with Intel processors sold at Bes t Buy; incl udes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and mic rophones) â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (f or use onl y with compu ter model s equipp ed with a ca mera module and a WWAN module; includes openings for camera module and microphones) 7 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 4.0 scr ew (1) that secures the camera modu le assembly to the display enclosure. 8 . Release the camera module assembly (2) from the display enclosure as far as the came ra module cable allows. 58 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
9 . Disconnect the camera m odule cable (3) from the camera module. 10 . Turn the camera module assembly upside down. 11 . Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure th e camera mo dule to the camera module bracket. 12 . Remove the camera module (2) from the bracket. Reverse this procedure to ins tall the camera module. Display inverter If it has been determined that the display inverter is the component that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to b e r e m o v e d . F o l l o w t h e p r o c e d u r e s i n t h i s s e c t i o n to replace the di splay invert er. For inf ormation on replacing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see Display assembly on page 82 . Description Spare part number Display inverter (includes 2-sided tape) 417097-001 Component replacement procedures 59
Before removing the display inverter, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the display inverter: 1 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 2 . Open the computer as far as it will o pen. 3 . Remove the two rubber screw covers (1 ) on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber screw covers are included in the Ru bber Feet Kit, spare part number 417095- 001. 4 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.5Ã9. 0 screw s (2) that secure the display bezel bottom edge to the display assembly. 5 . Flex the inside edges o f the left and right sides (1) and the bottom edge (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disenga ges from the disp lay enclosure. 6 . Release the display bezel bottom edge (3) . Disp lay bezels are available using the following spare part numbers:. â 448607-001 (fo r use only with compu ter mo dels equipped with a camera module; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 448606-001 (for use o nly with comp uter models no t equipped with a camera module; i ncludes openings for microphones) â 451907-001 (for use o nly with c omputer models with Intel processors sold at Bes t Buy; incl udes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and mic rophones) 60 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module; includes openings fo r camera module and microphones) 7 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (1) that secure the display inverter to the display enclosure. 8 . Release the disp lay inverter (2) from the display enclosure as far as the display panel cable and the backlight cable allow. 9 . Disconnect the display panel cable (3) and the backlight cable (4) from the display inverter. 10 . Remove the display inverter. Reverse this procedure to install the display inverter. Hard drive NOTE: All hard drive spare part kits include a hard drive bracket. Component replacement procedures 61
Description Spare part number For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-003 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive hardware kit (contains screws, hard drive bracket, an d connector) 453419-001 Before removing the hard drive, follow these step s: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the hard drive: 1 . Position the computer with the front toward you. 2 . Loosen the two Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screws (1) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer. 62 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Lift the left side of the hard drive cover (2) , swing it to right, and remo ve the cover. The hard drive cover is included in the Door/Cover Kit, spare pa rt number 417073 -001. 4 . Remo ve the two black Phil lips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) that secure the hard drive to the computer. 5 . Use the Mylar tab (2) to lift the hard drive (3) until it disconnects from the co mputer. 6 . Remove the hard drive from the hard drive bay. 7 . If it is nec essary to replace th e hard drive bra cket, remove the four Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. Component replacement procedures 63
8 . Lift the bracket (2) straight up to remove it from t he hard drive. Reverse this procedure to reasse mble and install the hard drive. 64 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
WLAN module Description Spare part number 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN mod ules: For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Ar gentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Ba rbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colo mbia, Costa Rica , the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Ta iwan, Uruguay, the United Stat es, Venezuela, and Vietnam 441086-001 For use in Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgiu m, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, Fran ce, Georgia, Germany, Gr eece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechten stein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Malta, Mo naco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sout h Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-002 For use in Australia, New Zealand, Pakistan, th e People's R epublic of China, and South Korea 441086-003 For use in Japan 441086-291 For use in South Korea 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g WLA N modules: For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Au stralia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Repu blic, Gu am, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, and Vietnam 452063-001 For use in Aruba, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Braz il, Bulgaria, the Cayman Islands, Colombia, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Re public, Denmark, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, German y, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ir eland, Italy, Jordan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithu ania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monac o, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sr i Lanka, Sweden , Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-002 For use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pakistan, the People's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452063-003 For use in Japan 451861-291 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Thailand 409407-004 Broadcom 4311AG 8 02.11a/b/g modu les: For use in the United States and Canada 441075-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua & Barbu da, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Ben in, Bermuda, Bhuta n, Bolivia, Bo snia & Herzegovina Botswa na, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Bru nei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Co moros, the Congo, Cos ta Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republic, Denmark, D jibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Esto nia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finlan d, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Ka zakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Ma li, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Mon aco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau , Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, 441075-002 Component replacement procedures 65
Description Spare part number Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Sin gapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, S omalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazil and, Sweden, Switzer land, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ugan da, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe For use in Japan 441075-291 Broadcom 802.11b/ g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 441090-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, An gola, Antigu a & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Fas o, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Co moros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denm ark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, E sto nia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Biss au, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Ko ng, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, L esotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembou rg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia , Monaco, Mongol ia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Neth er A ntilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pa lau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, P oland, Portugal , Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Sin gapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, S omalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazil and, Sweden, Switzer land, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ugan da, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-002 For use in Japan 441090-291 802.11n WLAN modules: For use in the United States and Canada 436255-001 For use in the Argentina, Australia, Belize, Bolivi a, Brazil, Chile, Columbia , Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Hong Kong, In donesia, Nicaragua, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailan d, Uruguay, Venezuela 436256-001 For use in Japan 436256-291 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g modules: For use in Canada, Cayman Island s, Guam, Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, An gola, Antigu a & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Be larus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Ce ntral African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Gu inea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivor y Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait , Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, 459263-002 66 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Description Spare part number British Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadelo upe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Mau ritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Mic ronesia, Monaco, Mo ngolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Nam ibia, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan , Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, People's Republic of China, Peru, Ph ilippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Se ychelles, Sie rra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sol omon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St . Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzan ia, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey , Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Urug uay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezu ela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe CAUTION: To prevent an unrespons ive system, replace th e wireless module o nly with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the government al agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then cont act tec hnical support through Help and Support. Before removing the WLA N module, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the WLAN module: 1 . Position the computer wi th the front toward you. 2 . Loosen the Phillips PM 2.0Ã5.0 captive screw (1) that secures the wirele ss module compartment cover to the computer . Component replacement procedures 67
3 . Lift the right edge of the wi reless module compartment cover (2) , swing it to the left, and remove the cover. The wirele ss module compa rtment cover is in cluded in the Door/Cover Kit, spare part number 417073-001. 4 . Disconnect the WLAN antenna cables (1) from the WLAN module. NOTE: The blac k WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ ter minal. NOTE: Computer models equipped with an 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN m odule will have an additional wireless antenna cable (2) , yellow in color. 5 . Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 scr ews (3) that secure the WLAN mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the m odule oppo site the slot rises away from the compute r.) 6 . Remove the WLAN module (4) by pulling it away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WLAN modules are designed with a notch (5) to prevent incorrect installation into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a WLAN module. 68 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
SIM NOTE: This sec tion applies only to c omputer mode ls with WWAN capa bility. NOTE: If there is a SIM inserted in the SIM slot, it mu st be removed before di sassembling the comput er. Be sure that the SIM is reinserted in th e SIM slot after reass embling the comput er. Before removing the SIM, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the SIM: 1 . Press in on the SIM (1) . (The module is partially ejected from the SIM slot.) 2 . Remove the SIM (2) from the SIM slot. Reverse this procedure to install the SIM. Component replacement procedures 69
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC battery and leaving it uninsta lled for 5 or mor e minute s causes all passwords and CMOS settings to be cleared. Description Spare part number RTC battery (includes 2-sided tape) 417076-001 Before removing the RTC battery, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the har d drive cover (see Hard drive on page 61 ). Remove the RTC bat tery: 1 . Disconnect the RTC batt ery cable (1) from the system board. 2 . Remove the RTC battery (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. 70 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Memory module Description Spare part number For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: 2048-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 455739-001 1024-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 452062-001 512-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 452061-001 For use in computer models wit h AMD processors: 2048-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 448151-002 1024-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 453415-001 512-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 453414-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the memory module: 1 . Position the computer wi th the front toward you. 2 . Loos en the two Phi llips PM2.0Ã5. 0 captive scr ews (1) that secure the memory module compartment cover to the computer. 3 . Lift the right side of the cover (2 ) , swing it to the left, and remove the cover. The memory module compartment co ver is i ncluded in the Door/Cover Kit, spa re part number 417073-001. Component replacement procedures 71
4 . Spread the retaining tabs (1) on each side of the memory module slot to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises away from the compute r.) 5 . Remove the module (2 ) by pulling it away from the slot a t an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are designed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect installati on into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a memory module. 72 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Optical drive NOTE: All optical drive spare part kits include an optical drive bezel. Description Spare part number For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo D rive 452050-001 High Definition DVD-ROM an d DVD±RW Driv e 463933-001 For use in computer models wit h AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo D rive 455828-001 Before removing the op tical drive , follow these step s: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the optical drive: 1 . Position the computer with right side toward you. 2 . Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3 . Insert a t hin tool, such as a paper clip (2) , into the release access. (The optical drive media tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) Component replacement procedures 73
4 . Use the media tray frame to remove the optical drive (3) . 5 . If it is necessary to replace the optical drive brac ket, po sition the optical drive with the optical drive bracket toward you. 6 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.0Ã3. 0 screw s (1) that secure the optical dr ive bracket to the optical drive. 7 . Remove the optical drive bracket (2) . Reverse the above procedur e to reasse mble and install the optical drive. Keyboard Countries or regions Spare part number Countries or regions Spare part number Keyboards for use in basic computer models: Belgium 448615-021 Portugal 448615-131 Brazil 448615-201 Russia 448615-251 Canadian French 448615-121 Saudi Arabia 448615-171 74 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Countries or regions Spare part number Countries or regions Spare part number Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DH1 South Korea 448615-AD1 France 448615-051 Spain 448615-071 Germany 448615-041 Switzerland 448615-111 Greece 448615-DJ1 Taiwan 44 8615-AB1 Israel 448615-BB1 Thailand 448615-281 Italy 4 48615-061 Turkey 448615-14 1 Japan 44861 5-291 The United Kingdom 448615-031 Latin America 4 48615-161 The United States 448615-001 The Netherlands and Europe 448615-B31 Keyboards for use only in metal-colo red Special Edition computer models with Intel processors: Brazil 452236-201 Spain 452236-071 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 452236-DH1 Switzerland 452236-111 France 452236-051 Taiwan 45 2236-AB1 Italy 4 52236-061 Thailand 452236-281 Latin America 4 52236-161 Turkey 452236-14 1 Portugal 452236-131 The United Kingdom 452236-031 Saudi Arabia 452236-171 The United States 452236-001 South Korea 452236-AD1 Keyboards for use only with Artist Edition compute r models: Brazil 462753-201 Portugal 462753-13 1 Canadian French 462753-121 Saudi Arabia 462753-171 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 462753-DH1 South Korea 462753-AD1 France 462753-051 Spain 462753-071 Germany 462753-041 Taiwan 46 2753-AB1 Italy 4 62753-061 Thailand 462753-281 Japan 46275 3-291 Turkey 462753-141 Latin America 4 62753-161 The United Kingdom 462753-031 The Netherlands and Europe 462753-B31 The United States 462753-001 Keyboard fo r use in t he United States only wit h white Specia l Edition co mputer models 463976-001 Keyboards for use only with Specia l Edition computer models wit h AMD processors: Japan 462549-291 The United States 462549-001 Component replacement procedures 75
Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the keyboard: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n , with the front toward you. 2 . Remove the three Phillips PM2. 5Ã 7.0 screws that secure th e keyboard to the computer. 3 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 4 . Open the computer as far as po ssible. 5 . Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (1) until it rests at an angle. 6 . Release the keyboard (2) by sliding it back to disengage the tabs on the front edge of the keyboard from the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
7 . Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (3) and swing it forward until it rests on the pa lm rest. 8 . Release the zero insertio n force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the ke yboard cable is attached and disconnect the keyboard ca ble (2) from the system board. 9 . Remove the keyboard. Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard. Component replacement procedures 77
WWAN module CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN mo dule are not interchangeable. Description Spare part number HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WW AN module for use in the United States 451131-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WWAN mo dule, including GPRS 459350-001 CAUTION: To prevent an unr esponsive system, replace the wirele ss module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmen tal agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you repl ace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical su pport through Help and Support. Before removing the WWAN module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the SI M (see SIM on page 69 ). 6 . Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ). Remove the WWAN module: 1 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.0Ã3. 0 screw s (1) that secure the WWAN mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises away from the compute r.) 2 . Disconnect the WWAN antenna cables (2) from the terminals on the WWAN module. NOTE: The red WWAN antenna cable is connected to the WWAN module âMainâ terminal. The blue WWAN antenna cable is c onnected to the WWAN module âAux â terminal. 78 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the WWAN module (3) by pulling the module aw ay from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WWAN modules are designed with a notch to prevent incorrect installation. Reverse this procedure to ins tall the WWAN module. Switch cover Description Spare part number For use only in computer models wi th Intel processors: Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 451312-001 Switch cover for use only wit h computer models so ld at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451599-001 Switch cover for use only with white Special Edit ion computer models (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 466187-001 Switch cover for use only with Artist Edition computers (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 462532-001 For use only in computer models with AMD processo rs: Switch cover (includes LED board an d cable and power button board and cable) 455849-001 Before removing the switch cover, follo w these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ). Component replacement procedures 79
Remove the switch cover: 1 . Remove the three Philli ps PM2.5Ã9.0 screws (1) and the silv er Philli ps PM2. 5Ã5.0 scr ew (2) that secure the switch cover to the computer. 2 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 3 . Open the computer as far as po ssible. 4 . Disconnect the power bu tton board c able (1) from the system bo ard. 5 . Release the ZIF connect or to which the LED board c able (2) is connected and disconnect the cable from the system board. 6 . Lift the front edge of the switch cover (1) to disengage it from the computer. 7 . Release the switch cover (2) by sliding it to the right until it disen gages from the computer. 80 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
8 . Remove the switch cover (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the switch cover. Component replacement procedures 81
Display assembly Description Spare part number 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer models equipped with a camera module (includes camera module, micropho nes, and WLAN trans cei vers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly fo r use only with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, Bright View, display assembly for use only with comput er models sold at Best Buy (includes camera module, microphones, an d WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors and equipped with a WW AN module (includes camera mo dule, camera module cable, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use only with Artist Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes micropho nes, and WLAN transcei vers and antenna cables) 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use on ly with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes microphones, and WLAN trans ceivers and antenna cables) 466183-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Disconnect the wireless antenna ca bles from the WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 65 ). 6 . Remove the followin g components: a . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) b . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) Remove the display assembly: 1 . Close the comput er and turn it ups ide down, with the rear panel toward you. 82 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
2 . Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 sc rew that secures the display assembl y to the computer. 3 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 4 . Open the display as far as possible. 5 . Disconnect the fo llowing cables: (1) Display panel cable (2) Camera module cable (3) Microphone cable 6 . Remove the camera module, micr ophone, and wireless antenna cables from the hole in the s ystem board and the routing cha nnels (4) built into the top cover. CAUTION: The display assembly will be unsupported wh en the following screws are remo ved. To prevent damag e to the display as sembly, su pport it before removing the screws. 7 . Remo ve the two black Phil lips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) and t he two Phillip s PM2. 5Ã7.0 scr ews (2 ) that secure the display as sembly to the computer. Component replacement procedures 83
8 . Remove the display assembly (3) . 9 . If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or any of t he display assembly internal components, remove the following sc rew covers and screws: (1) Four rubber screw covers on the display bezel top edge. The display rubber screw covers a re included in the Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 417095-001. (2) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge (3) Four Phi llips PM 2.5Ã5.0 screws on the display b ezel top edg e (4) Two Phil lips PM2. 5Ã9.0 sc rews on the di splay bez el bottom edge 10 . Flex the inside ed ges of the left and right sides (1) and the top and bottom side s (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. 11 . Remove the display bezel (3) . Display bezels are available using the following spare par t numbers: â 448607-001 (fo r use only with compu ter models equi pped with a camera modu le) â 448606-001 (o r use only with co mputer mod els not equi pped wi th a camera modul e) 84 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
â 451907-001 (for use only with computer models wi th Intel processors sold at Best Buy; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module; includes openings fo r camera module and microphones) NOTE: See Camera module on page 57 for camera modu le replacement inst ructions. See Display inverter on page 59 for display inverter replacement instructions. 12 . If it is necessary to replace the display hing es, remove the two Phi llips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to the display panel. The displa y hinges and display h inge covers ar e available using sp are part numb er 430473-001 for computer s with Intel proc essors or 45 5817-001 for computers with AMD proce ssors. 13 . Remove the display hinges (2) . 14 . Remove the display hinge covers (3) by sliding them off of the display hinges. Component replacement procedures 85
15 . Remove the display panel from the display enclosure. The display panel is available using spare part number 448602 -001 for computers w ith Intel processors , 448602-0 02 for co mputers wi th an Inte l processor and a WWAN module, and 455810-00 1 for computers with AMD processors. 16 . If it is necessary to re place the wi reless ante nna transceivers and cables, remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (1) that secures each transceiver to the display enclosure. The wireles s antenna transceivers and cables are includ ed in the Wi reless Antenna Kit, spare part number 448609-001 for compute rs with Intel pr ocessors, 448609-002 fo r computers wi th Intel processo rs and a WWAN module, and 458657 -001 for computers w ith AMD processors. 17 . Remove the wireless antenna cab les from the clips (2) built into the display enclosure. 18 . Detach the wireless antenna transceivers (3) from the disp lay enclosure. 19 . Remove the wirele ss antenna transceivers and cables (4) from th e display encl osure. 20 . If it is necessary to replace the microphones and cabl es, release t he retention tabs (1 ) built into the display enclosure that secure the microphone cables to the display enclosu re. The microphones and cables are included in the Display Cabl e Kit, spare part number 448610-001. 21 . Remove the microphone receivers (2) from the clips in the display enclosure. 86 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
22 . Remove the microphone cables (3) from the display enclosure. 23 . If it is necessary to repl a ce the camera module cable, release the retention tabs (1) built into the display enclos ure that secure the came ra module cable to the di splay enclosure. Th e camera module cable is included in the Display Cabl e Kit, spare par t number 448610 -001. 24 . Remove the camera module cable (2) from the display enclosure. Reverse this procedu re to reassemble and install the display assembly . Top cover Description Spare part number For use in computer models wit h Intel or AMD processors: Equipped with a fingerprint reader (i ncludes TouchPad, TouchP ad cable, fingerprint re ader board, fingerprint reader board cable) 448618-001 For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: Not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 448619-00 1 Sold at Best Buy (inc lude s TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 451600-001 Sold at Best Buy and equipped with a fingerpr int reader (includes Touc hPad and TouchPad cable) 457707-001 Equipped with a WWAN module (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 Equipped with a fingerprint reader board and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459766-001 Component replacement procedures 87
Description Spare part number On Artist Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462531-001 On white Special Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 466188-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: Not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes T ouchPad and TouchPad cable) 455835-001 Sold at Best Buy and not equipped with a fingerprint reader board 466612-001 Sold at Best Buy and equ ipped with a fingerprint reader board and cable 466613-001 Before re moving the top cover, f ollow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) Remove the top cover: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n , with the front toward you. 88 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
2 . Remove the seven Phillips PM2. 5Ã9.0 screws that secure th e top cover to the computer. 3 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.0Ã3.0 sc rews (1) and the three Phillip s PM2.0Ã 4.0 screws (2) that secure the top cover to the computer. 4 . Turn the computer right-side up, with the front toward you. Component replacement procedures 89
5 . Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the TouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the c able (2) from on the system board. 6 . Remove the followin g screws: (1) One Phillips PM2.5x5.0 screw (2) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws (3) One Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw 90 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
7 . Lift the front edge of the top cover and remove it. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement procedures 91
TouchPad Description Spare part number TouchPad for use with computer m odels with Intel processors (includes TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 451341-001 TouchPad for use with computer m odels with AMD processors (includ es TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 455838-001 Before removing the Touc hPad, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the TouchPad: 1 . Turn the top cover upside down , with the front toward you. 2 . Remov e the fi ve Philli ps PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad bracket to the top cover. 92 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the TouchPad bracket (2) and TouchP ad board (3) from the top cover. 4 . Remo ve the Phillip s PM2.0Ã 2.0 screw (1) that secures the TouchPad board to the TouchPad bracket. 5 . Remove the Tou chPad bo ard (2) from the TouchPad bracket. Reverse the above procedure to re assemble and install the TouchPad. Component replacement procedures 93
Wireless switch board Description Spare part number Wireless switch board (includes wireless s witch board cable) 417 092-001 Before removing the wireless sw itch boar d, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the wire less switch boar d: 1 . Disconnect the wireless s witch board ca ble (1) from the system bo ard. 2 . Remov e the two Philli ps PM2.0Ã 3.0 screws (2) that secure the wireless sw itch board to the co mputer. 94 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the wireless switch board (3) . Reverse the above proc edure to in st all the wireless switch board. Modem module Description Spare part number Modem module for use in dv2500 mode ls (includes modem module cable) 43 1852-001 Modem module for use in dv270 0 models (includes modem module cable) 463971-001 Before removing the modem module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the following components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 73 ) d . Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Component replacement procedures 95
Remove the modem module: 1 . Disconnect the modem module cable (1) from the modem module. 2 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.0Ã 6.0 scr ew (2) that secures the modem mo dule to the system board. 3 . Lift up on the front of the modem module (3) to disconnect it from the system board. 4 . Remove the modem module. Reverse the above procedur e to install the modem module. 96 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Audio board Description Spare part number Audio board for use in dv2500 models (includes au dio con nectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) 448626-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 463972-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module 463973-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module 459765-001 Before removi ng the audio boa rd, follow these ste ps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the following components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 73 ) d . Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the a udio boar d: 1 . Release the ZIF co nnector to which the au dio board cable is connected and d isconnect the cable (1) from the system boar d. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (2) that secure the audio board to the computer. 3 . Release the audio board (3) by sliding it back until the aud io connectors dise ngage from the base enclosure. Component replacement procedures 97
4 . Remove th e audio boar d (4) . Reverse the above procedur e to install the audio board. Bluetooth module Description Spare part number Bluetooth module (includes Bluet ooth module cable) 397923-002 Before removing the Bluetooth module, fo llow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) h . Audio board (see Audio board on page 97 ) 98 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Remove the Bluetooth module: 1 . Disconnect the Bluetooth module cable (1) from the system board. Th e Bluetooth module cable is included in the Bluetooth module spare part kit an d is also available in the Cable Kit, spare part number 417075-00 1. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.0Ã3.0 sc rews (2) that secure the Bluetoot h module to the computer. 3 . Remove the Bluetooth module (3) . Reverse the above procedure to install the Blu etooth module. Component replacement procedures 99
USB board Description Spare part number USB board for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes USB board cable) 417085-001 USB board for use in computer models with Int el or AMD processors (inclu des USB board cable) 455 839-001 Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the USB board: 1 . Disconnect the USB board cable (1) from the system board. The USB board c able and num lock light cable are includ ed in the USB bo ard spare part k i t and are also available in the Cable Kit, spare part numb er 417075-001 . 2 . Remove the num lock light cable (2) from the clip in the base enclosure. 3 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 4.0 scr ew (3) that secures the USB boar d to the computer. 100 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Lift the USB board (4) straight up to remove it from the computer. Reverse this proc edure to install the USB board. Component replacement procedures 101
Speaker assembly Description Spare part number Speaker assembly 417089-001 Before removing the speaker assembly, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the speaker assembly: 1 . Disconnect the speaker cable (1) from the system bo ard. 2 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.5Ã4. 0 screw s (2) that secure the speaker assembly to the computer. 102 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3 . Lift the speakers (3) straight up to remove them from the computer. Reverse this procedure to install the speaker assembly. Component replacement procedures 103
Display switch modul e NOTE: The display switch module is included in the Display Hinge Kit, spar e part numbe r 430473-001 for computers with Intel processors, 455817 - 001 for computers with AMD processo rs. Before removing the display sw itch module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the display s witch modul e: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n with the front toward you. 2 . Remove th e two silver Ph illips PM2.5 Ã5.0 screws that secure the to p cover trim to the co mputer. 3 . Turn the computer right-s ide up with the front toward you. 104 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Remove the top cover trim from the computer. The to p cover trim is included in the Door/Cover K it, spare part number 417073-001 for basic models, as well as using spare part number 430466-001 for computers with Intel processors and a Web ca m, 465309-0 01 for metal- colored Special Edi tion models with In tel processors, 4653 10-001 for wh ite Special Edition models, and 465 311-001 for Artist Edition models. 5 . Disconnect the displa y switch module cable (1) from the system board. 6 . Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw (2) that secures the display swit ch module to the computer. 7 . Remove the display switch module (3) fro m the computer. Reverse this procedure to inst all the display switch module. Component replacement procedures 105
System board NOTE: All system board spare part kits includ e replacement thermal material. Description Spare part number For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: On dv2500 models equipped with a discrete graph ics subsystem 448596-001 On dv2500 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448598-001 On dv2500 models equipped with a WWAN module 457356-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a discrete graph ics subsystem 460715-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 460716-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a WWAN module 460718-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: In full-featured dv2500 m odels not equipped with a camera module 453411-001 In defeatured dv2500 models not equipped with a camera module 453412-001 In full-featured dv2700 m odels equipped with a camera module 462535-001 In defeatured dv2700 models equipped with a camera module 462536-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) 106 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 70 ) â Memory modules (see Memory module on page 71 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 65 ) â Modem module (see Modem module on page 95 ) Remove the system board: 1 . Disconnect the powe r connector cable (1) from the system board. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (2) that secure the system board to the computer. 3 . Use the opt ical drive connector (1) to lift the right side of the syst em board until it rests a t an angle. 4 . Release the system board (2) by sliding it to the right at an angl e until the connectors on the left side of the system board disengage from t he base enclosure. 5 . Remove the system board (3) . Component replacement procedures 107
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system boa rd: â ExpressCard assembly (see ExpressCard assembly on page 109 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 112 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 115 ) Reverse the preceding procedure to install the system board. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable for use in computer models with Intel processors 448628-001 Power connector cable for use in comput er models with AMD processors 430462-001 Before removing the po wer connector cable, fol low these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the power connector cable: 1 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 5.0 scr ew (1) that secures the connector frame to the base enclosure. 108 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2 . Remove the connector frame (2) from the base e nclosure. 3 . Remove the power connector (1) from the connector frame. 4 . Remove the modem connector (2) from the connector frame. Reverse this proc edure to install the power c onnector cable and mod em cable. ExpressCard assembly Description Spare part number ExpressCard assembly 417112-001 Before removing the Express Card assembly, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement procedures 109
4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the ExpressCar d assembly: 1 . Lift the insulation material (1) from the sy stem board to expose the ExpressCard assembly rear screws. 2 . Remov e the four Ph illips PM 2.0Ã6.0 sc rews (2 ) that secure the ExpressCard assembly to the system board. 3 . Turn the system board right-side up with the front toward you. 110 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Remove the ExpressCard asse mbly from the system boar d. Reverse this pro cedure to install the ExpressCar d assembly. Component replacement procedures 111
Fan/heat sink assembly Description Spare part number Fan/heat sink assembly for computer models wi th Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (includes t hermal material) 448625-001 Fan/heat sink assembly fo r use only with comput er models with Intel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes th ermal material) 450096-001 Fan/heat sink assembly fo r use only with com put er models with AMD processo rs (includes therma l material) 455843-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer, allow at le as t a 7.6-cm (3-inch) cl earance on the right side and rear panel of t he computer. The computer uses an electric fan for ventilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high exte rnal temperatures, system power consumption, p ower management/battery conser vation configurations, battery fast charging, and software requirements. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation gr ill located on the left side of the co mputer. Before removing the fan/heat si nk assembly, fo llow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: 1 . Turn the system boar d upside do wn with the front toward you. 112 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2 . Disconnect the fan cable from the system board. 3 . Turn the system board upside down with the external monito r port toward you. 4 . Loos en the fo ur Phillip s PM2.0Ã 13.0 cap tive screw s (1) that secu re the fan/heat sink assemb ly to the syst em board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the thermal material loca ted between the fan/heat sink assembly and system board com ponents, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach the assembly. 5 . Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink assembly (1) and (2) , and (3) , the syst em board components (4) and (6) , and the processo r (5) each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. Therma l pads and thermal paste must be installed on al l surfaces before the fan/heat sink a ssembly is rein stalled. Thermal pads and thermal past e are included with all fan/ heat sink asse mbly, system board, and processo r spare part kits . Component replacement procedures 113
NOTE: The fan/heat sink assembly mounting bracket mu st be replaced as shown in the following illustration when installing the fan/heat sink assembly. The fan/heat sink assembly mounti ng bracket is available using spare part number 417114-001. Reverse this procedur e to install the fan/heat sink assembly. 114 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Processor NOTE: All processor spare part kits include thermal material. Description Spare part number Intel processo rs: Core Duo T9300 (2.50-GHz, 6-MB L2 cach e) 459799-001 Core Duo T8300 (2.40-GHz, 3-MB L2 cach e) 459798-001 Core Duo T8100 (2.10-GHz, 3-MB L2 cach e) 459797-001 Core Duo T7700 (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cach e) 448148-001 Core Duo T7500 (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cach e) 457312-001 Core Duo T7250 (2.0-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 457311-001 Core Duo T5750 (2.00-GHz, 2GB L2 cach e) 462353-001 Core Duo T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 458247-001 Core Duo T5450 (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 451597-001 Core Duo T5250e (1.50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 453948-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2370 (1.73 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 462354-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2330 (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457314-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2310 (1.46 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457313-001 Celeron M 540 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 454321-001 Celeron M 530 (1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457315-001 AMD processors: Turion TL-68 (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463917-001 Turion TL-66 (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 450804-001 and 453298-001 Turion TL-62 (2.1-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 Turion TL-60 (2.0-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455807-001 Turion TL-58 (1.9-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448561-001 Turion TL-55 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455808-001 Turion MK-38 (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 449904-001 Athlon TK-57 (1.9-GHz, 2-GB L2 cache) 459759-001 Sempron 3800 (2.2-GHz, 256 -KB L2 cache) 459760-001 Sempron 3600 (2.0-GHz, 256 -KB L2 cache) 450609-001 Component replacement procedures 115
Before removing the proc essor, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) h . Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 112 ) Remove the processor: 1 . Turn the processor locking screw (1) one-half turn counterclock wise until you hear a click. 2 . Lift the processor (2) straight up and remove it. NOTE: The gold triangle (3) on the processor must be aligned with the triangle icon (4) embossed on the processor socket when you install the processor. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. 116 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP mu st repair this equipment. All troubleshooting and repair procedures are detailed to allow repair at only the subass embly or module level. Because of the complexity of the individual board s and subass emblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component leve l or modify any printed wiri ng board. Imprope r repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of comp onent replaceme nt or printed wirin g board modifi cation may void any warr anty or exchange allowances. Starting the Setup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM-based in formation and customization utility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working or will not l oad. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (select models only) doe s not work when accessing the Setup Utili ty. The utility reports information about the computer and provides settings for star tup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: 1 . Turn on or restart the computer. 2 . Before Windows opens and while âPress <F10> to en te r setupâ is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen, pres s f10 . Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the la nguage of the Setup U tili ty. If the Setup Ut ility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is al ready running, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <f10 > to enter setupâ is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then press enter . 3 . Press f5 or f6 (or use the arrow keys) to sele ct a language, and then press enter to select a language. 4 . When a confirmation prompt with your pr eference selected is displayed, press enter to save your preference. 5 . To set your preferences and exit the Setup Utility , press f10 and then follow the instructions on the screen. Your preferences go int o effect when the computer restarts in Windows. Starting the Setup Utility 117
Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Wind ows-based, it does not support the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow k eys. â To choose an item in a drop-down list or to toggle a field, for example an Enable/Disable field, use either the arrow keys or f5 or f6 . â To select an item, pres s enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Util ity. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <F10>to enter setupâ is di splayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Access the system information by using the Main menu. 3 . To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the ar row keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . (The computer restarts in Windows.) Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explai ns how to restore the Setup Utility defaul t setting s. If the Se tup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already running, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <F10>to enter setupâ is di splayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3 . When the S etup Conf irmation is dis played, press enter to sa ve your preferences. 4 . To set your preferences and ex it the Setup Utility, press f1 0 , and then follow the instructions on the screen. The Setup Utility default settings are set when you exit the Setup Utility and go into effect when the computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you r estore the facto ry default settings. 118 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Using advanced Setup Utility features This section describes the Setup Utility features re commended for all users. For more information about the Setup Utility features recomme nded for advanc ed users on ly, refe r to Help and Support, which is accessible only w hen the computer is in Windows. The Setup Utility features availabl e for advanced user s include a hard drive self-test, a Network Service Boot, and settings for bo ot order preferences. Th e â <F 12 > t o bo ot fr o m L AN â m es s ag e t h at is di s pl ay e d i n t he lo w er -l ef t c o rn er of th e s cr e en ea ch ti me the computer is started or restarted in Wind ows is the prompt for a Network Service B oot. The âPress <F9> to change boot or derâ message that is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen each time the computer is s tarted or restarted in Windows is the prompt to change the boot order. Closing the Setup Utility You can close the Setup Utility wi th or without saving changes. â To close the Setup Utility and save your changes fr om the curren t session, us e either of the foll owing procedu res: ⦠Press f10 , and then follow the instructions on th e screen. â or â ⦠If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . When you use t he f10 procedure, you are offe red an option to return to the Setup Utility. When you use the Exit Saving Changes procedure, the Setup Utility closes when you press enter . â To close the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visi ble, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After the Setup Utility closes, th e computer restarts in Windows. Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an overview of Setup Utility options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in th is section may not be supported by your computer. Main menu Select To do t his System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the comp uter. â View specification information about th e processor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard contro ller version (select models onl y). Using advanced Setup Utility features 119
Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on password. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Enhanced SATA support (select mo dels only) Enable/disable enhanced SATA mode. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f10 and f12 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f10 and f12 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals o f 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-ROM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot from Floppy. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠ATAPI CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard drive ⦠USB Diske tte on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter Button Sound (selec t models only) E nable/disable the Quick Launch Button tapping sound. Dedicated Video Memory* Select amount of dedicated video memory. Virtualization Technology* Enable/disable the processor Virt ualization Technology. Processor C4 State Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. *Available for AMD processors. Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. NOTE: On models with two hard drives, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Self Test . 120 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Select To do t his Secondary Hard Disk Self Tes t (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test* Run a diag nostic test on system m emory. *Available for AMD processors. Setup Utility menus 121
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height (front to back) 2.60 to 3.90 cm 1.02 to 1.54 in Width 33.40 cm 13.15 in Depth 23.70 cm 9.33 in Weight (with optical drive, hard drive, and battery) 2.49 kg 5.49 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc â19.0 V dc Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operat ing (14. 7 to 10. 1 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonopera ting (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine Nonoperating 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random vibration Operating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min sweep rate 122 Chapter 6 Specifications
Metric U.S. Nonoperating 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min sweep rate NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensio ns Height 27.94 cm 11.0 in Width 20.83 cm 8.2 in Diagonal 35.56 cm 14.1 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ra tio 250:1 (typical) Brightness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.279 à 0.279 mm Format 1280 à 800 Configuration RGB v ertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power consumption 4 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/-40° vertical (ty pical) 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display specifications 123
Hard drive specifications 250-GB* 200-GB* 160-G B* 120- GB* 80-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 102 g 102 g 102 g 102 g 102 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA secu rity ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 2 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 12 ms 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 22 ms 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 495,702,655 390,721,968 317,249,699 237,937,274 158,624,849 Disk rotational speed 5400 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions apply. Consult technical support for details. *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Accessible c apacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ slightl y. 124 Chapter 6 Specifications
DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable d isc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD -MIDI, CD-T EXT, CD- ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD-R , CD-RW, DVD-ROM (D VD-5, DVD- 9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 K B/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD R W 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD- RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-R AM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double -Layer Combo Drive specifications 125
High Definition DVD- ROM and DVD±RW Drive Applicable disc Read: CD-ROM XA, CD Dig ital Audio, CD EXTRA, CD-I, CD-I Ready, Photo-CD (Single and Multisession), Video CD, DVD (Single and double layer), DVD-R, DV D-RW, DVD R, DVD R DL, DVD-R DL, DVD RW, DVD-RAM (Ver 1.0/2.1), HD-DVD-ROM Write: CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, DVD-R DL, DVD R DL Access time CD DV D HD-DVD Random < 150 ms < 160 ms < 330 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-ROM and CD-R 3,600 KB/sec DVD-ROM 10,800 KB/sec CD-R 2,400 KB/sec CD-RW 1,500 KB/sec DVD R 5,400 KB/sec DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec DVD-R 5,400 KB/sec DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec DVD R DL 3,240 KB/sec DVD-RAM 4,050 KB/sec HD-DVD 4,460 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 126 Chapter 6 Specifications
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory acc ess controller DMA5* Available for PC Cardâ DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DMA 1, 2, or 5. â Not assigned for computer models with AMD processors. System DMA specifications 127
System interrupt specificationsâIntel processors Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102 -Key or Microsoft® Nat ural Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Contro llerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82 801DB/ DBM SMBu s Controllerâ24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real -time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHC I controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Controller IRQ11 Intel US B EHCI controllerâ 24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric data processo r IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio possible configur ations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IR Q11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. 128 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specificationsâAMD processors Hardware IRQ System function ISA0 High precision event timer ISA1 Standard 101/102-Key or Microsoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard ISA8 High precision event timer ISA12 Alps Pointing-device (2 way) ISA13 Numeric data processor ISA14 ATA Channel 0 ISA15 ATA Channel 1 PCI5 Ricoh OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller PCI7 Ricoh Memory Stick Controller PCI7 Ricoh SD/MMC Host Controller PCI7 Ricoh xD-Picture Card Cont roller PCI7 SDA Standard Compliant SD Host Controller PC10 nVidia nForce PCI System Manag ement PC16 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller PC16 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller PC17 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller PC17 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller PC18 nVidia nForce PCI System Manag ement PC19 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN PCI-2 PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge PC21 High Definition Audio Controller PC22 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller PC23 nVidia MCP67M PC-3 PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge PC-4 nVidia nForce Networki ng Controller System interrupt specificationsâAMD processors 129
System I/O address specificationsâIntel processors I/O address (hex) System fu nction (s hipping configur ation) 000 - 00F DMA controller no. 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no. 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset config uration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ config uration for CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer r egisters 044 - 05F Unused 060 Keyboard controller 061 Port B 062 - 063 Unused 064 Keyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enable/RTC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 Port A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no. 2 I/O Address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no. 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondary fixed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Primary fixed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 JoyStick (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 130 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System functi on (shipping configuratio n) 220 - 22F Entertainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unus ed 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reserved serial port 2F0 - 2F7 Unus ed 2F8 - 2FF Infrared port 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondary diskette drive controller 378 - 37F Parallel port (LPT1/defau lt) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3BC - 3BF Reserved (parallel port/no EPP support) 3C0 - 3DF VGA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Internal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Serial port (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration index register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIVO-1) System I/O address specificationsâIntel proc essors 131
System I/O address specificationsâAMD processors I/O address (hex) Sys tem function (shipping config uration) 000 - 008 Direct memory access controller 000 - CF7 PCI Bus 00A - 00F Direct memory access controller 010 - 01F Motherboard resources 020 - 021 Programmable interrupt controller 022 - 03F Motherboard resources 040 - 043 System timer 044 - 05F Motherboard resources 060 - 060 Standard 101/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 061 - 061 System speaker 062 - 062 Microsoft A CPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 063 - 063 Motherboard resources 064 - 064 Standard 101/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 065 - 065 Motherboard resources 066 - 066 Microsoft A CPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 067 - 06F Motherboard resources 070 - 071 072 - 071=3 Motherboard resources 074 - 07f Motherboard resources 080 - 080 Motherboard resources 081 - 083 Direct memory access controller 087 - 087 Direct memory access controller 089 - 08B Direct memory access controller 08F - 08F Direct memory access controller 091 - 093 Motherboard resources 097 - 09F Motherboard resources 0A0 - 0A1 Programmable interrupt controller 0A2 - 0BF Motherboard resources 0C0 - 0D1 Direct memory access controller 0D4 - 0DF Direct memory access con troller 0E0 - 0EF Motherboard resources 0F0 - 0F1 Numeric data processor 1F0 - 1F7 ATA Channel 0 132 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shippi ng confi guratio n) 360 - 361 Mot herboard resources 376 - 376 ATA Channel 1 3B0 - 3BB nVidia MCP67M 3C0 - 3DF nVidia MCP67M 3F6 - 3F6 ATA Channel 0 4D0 - 4D1 Motherboard resources 0D00 - FFFF PCI bus 1000 - 107F Motherboard resources 1080 - 10FF Motherboard resources 1400 - 147F Motherboard resources 1480 - 14FF Motherboard resources 1800 - 187F Motherboard resources 1880 - 18FF Motherboard resources 3000 - 303F nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 3040 - 307F nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 3080 - 30BF nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 30C0 - 30CF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30D0 - 30D F Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E0 - 30E3 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E4 - 30E7 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E8 - 30EF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30F0 - 30F7 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 400 - 4FFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge System I/O address specif icationsâAMD pro cessors 133
System memory map specificationsâIntel processors Size Memory address Syst em function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unus ed 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS 134 Chapter 6 Specifications
System memory map specificationsâAMD processors Memory address (hex) System function 000A0000 - 000BFFFF nVidia MCP67M 000A0000 - 000BFFFF PCI bus 000C0000 - 000C3FFF PCI bus 000C4000 - 000C7FFF PCI bus 000C80000 - 00CBFFF PCI bus 000CC000 - 000CFFFF PCI bus 000D000 - 00D3FFF PCI bus 000D4000 - 000D7FFF PCI bus 000D800 - 00DBFFF PCI bus 000DC00 - 00DFFFF PCI bus 000E0000 - 00E3FFF PCI bus 000E4000 - 000E7FFF PCI bus 000E800 - 000EBFFF PCI bus 000EC00 - 000EFFFF PCI bu s 000F0000 - 000FFFFF PCI bu s 4000000 - FEBFFFFF PCI bus D0000000 - DFFFFFFF nVidia MCP6 7M E000000 - EFFFFFFF Motherboard resources F00000 - F3FFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F4000000 - F4FFFFFF nVidia MCP6 7M F500000 - F5FFFFFF nVidia MCP67M F6000000 â F6003FFF Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN F600000 - F60FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F610000 - F61007FF RICOH OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller F6100000 - F61FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F6100800 - F61008FF SDA Standard Compliant SD Host Controller F6100C00 - F6100CFF Ricoh SD/MMC Host Controller F6101000 - F61010FF Ricoh Memory Stick Controller F6101400 - F61014FF Ricoh xD-Picture Car d Controller F620000 - F627FFFF nVidia nF orce System Manag ement Contro ller F6480000 - F6483FFF High Definition Audio Controller F6484000 - F6485FFF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller System memory map spec if icationsâAMD processors 135
Memory address (hex) System function F6486000 - F6486FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller F6487000 - F6487FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller F6488000 - F6488FFF nVidia nForce Net working Control ler F6489000 - F64890FF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller FF6489400 - F64894FF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller F6489800 - F648980F nVidia nForce Netw orking Controll er F6489C00 - F6489CFF nVidia nF orce Networ king Controlle r FEC00000 - FEC00FFF System board FEC80000 - FEC80FFF System board FED00000 - FED003FF High precision event timer FEE00000 - FEEFFFFF System board FEF00000 - FEF00FFF System board FFC00000 - FFFFFFFF System board 136 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specification and reference info rmation for the sc rews and screw locks used in the computer. All screws listed in this section are avai lable in the Screw Kit, s pare part number 417108-001 for computers with Intel processors, or 455 867-001 fo r computers with AMD proc essors, and the Displa y Screw Kit, spare part number 417104-0 01 for co mputers with Intel proce ssors, 455868 -001 for computers with AMD pr ocessors. 137
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 5 5.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: (1) Two captive screws (secured by C-clips) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer (2) Two captive scre ws (secured b y C-clips) that se cure the memory module compartment cover to the computer (3) One captive scre w (secured by a C-cl ip) that se cures the wireless mo dule compartment cover to the computer 138 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 15 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the hard drive to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 139
Where used: 2 screws th at secure the switch cover to the c omputer Where used: One screw that secures the camera modu le assembly to th e display enclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the wireless ante nna transceivers to the display enclosure Where used: 3 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 140 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures the US B board to the compute r Where used: 2 screw that secures the speaker a ssembly to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 141
Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Silver 4 4.0 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive 142 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 shoulder screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 6.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Two screws that secure the WLAN module to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 15 9.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Philli ps PM2.0Ã 6.0 shoul der screw 1 43
Where used: (1) One screw that secu res the optical drive to the computer (2) Three screws that secure the switch cover to the computer (3) One screw that secures the di splay assembly to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the display beze l bott om edge to the display as sembly Where used: 7 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 144 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures th e top cover to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw 145
Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Silver 9 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the optical drive bracket to the optical drive Where used: 5 screws that secure the TouchPad to the top cover 146 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: Two screws that secure th e WWAN module to the computer Silver Phi llips PM 2.0Ã3.0 sc rew 147
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 9 7.0 mm 2 .5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer 148 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws tha t secure the d i splay assembly to the computer Where used: 4 screws tha t secure the d ispla y hinges to t he display enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 149
Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the camera module bracket to the camera module Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 150 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws that secure the wire less switch board to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the Bl uetooth module to t he computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y switch module to the computer Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 151
Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 10 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the di splay assembly to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the display be zel top e dge to th e display asse mbly 152 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws that secure the display inverter to the display e nclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the to p cover trim to the computer Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 153
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 3 5.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 154 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Silver Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One scre w that secures th e top cover to the computer Where used: 2 screws that sec ure the audio bo ard to the compute r Silver Phi llips PM 2.5Ã5.0 sc rew 155
Where used: One screw that secures the co nnector bracket to the computer 156 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 1 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One scre w that secures the Tou chPad bracket to the TouchPad bo ard Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw 157
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 5 4.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the mode m module to the system boa rd Where used: 4 screws that secure the ExpressCard assembl y to the system board 158 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 11.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 captive screws (secured by C-clips) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board Phillips P M2.0Ã11. 0 captive scr ew 159
8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information Tools provided by the operating system and Recovery Manager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeg uarding your informatio n and restoring it in case of a system failure: â Back up your information regularly to protect your important syst em files. â Make a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager soft ware feature). Recovery di scs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and software prog rams to factory sett ings in case of system failure or instability. â Create system restore points ( operating system fe ature). System restore poin ts allow you to reverse undesirable changes to your computer b y restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recover a p rogram or d river (Re covery Mana ger soft ware feature). This feature helps you re install a program or driver without performing a full system recover y. â Perform a full system recovery (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from a ded icated recovery partition on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly scheduled basis. NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored. â Before you add or modify ha rdware or softwar e. 160 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Back up suggestions â Create system restore points using the Windows System Restore feature. â Store personal files in the Documents folder and b ack up these fold ers periodically . â Back up templates stored in their associated programs. â Save custom ized settings in a window , toolbar, or m e nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to rese t your preferences. To copy the screen and paste it into a word-processing document: a . Display the screen. b . Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, pr ess fn prt sc . c . Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Pas te . Using system restore points When you back u p your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system r estore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard driv e at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to revers e subsequent changes made to yo ur system. NOTE: Recove ring to an earlier restore point does not affect data files saved or e-mails cre ated since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased prot ection for yo ur system fi les and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware. â Periodically, whenever the system is performing optimally. NOTE: If you revert to a restore point and then chan ge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a system restore point 1 . Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2 . In the left pane, click System protection . 3 . Click the System Protection tab. 4 . Under Automatic restore points, se lect the disk for which you wa nt to cr eate a restore point. 5 . Click Create . The System Protection window opens. 6 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering syste m information 161
Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a restore point (created at a previous date and time), when th e comput er was functioning optimally, follow these steps: 1 . Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2 . In the left pane, click System protection . 3 . Click the System Protection tab. 4 . Click the System Restore button, and then click Next . The Syste m Restore window op ens. 5 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Creating recovery discs Recovery Manager creates a set of recovery CDs or DV Ds for the comp uter. Use rec overy discs to restore the operating system and s oftware programs to factory settings, in ca se of syst em failure or instability. NOTE: Handle these discs carefully and ke ep them in a sa fe place. T he soft ware allows the creation of only one set of rec overy discs. Note the following guidelines befor e creating recovery discs: â You will need high quality CD-R, DVD-R, or DVD R media (purchased separately). NOTE: Formatted DVD±RW discs and DVD±RW double-l ayer discs are not compa tible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connect ed to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc before inserting it into the computer o ptical drive. â If necessary, you can exit the program before you ha ve finished crea ting the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Manager, you will b e pr ompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1 . Select Start > All Programs > Recover y Manager > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 2 . Click Advanced Options . NOTE: If you are operating the comput er on battery power, you will be promp ted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3 . Click Recovery d isc creation , and then click Next . 4 . Follow the on-screen instructions. 162 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Reinstalling software programs and drivers If a program o r driver preinstalle d at the factory is accidentally erased or is damaged, Recovery Manager allows you to reinstall it. NOTE: Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer or dow nloaded from the manufac turer's Web site. NOTE: Before reinstalling the program, be sure it is fully uninstalled. Recovery Manager replaces corrupted syste m files and reinst alls deleted system fi les w ithin the pr ogram. â In most cases, if the pro gram you are reinstalling is still on your co mputer, the reinstallation process does not affect your personal settings. â In all cases, if a pro gram has been de leted from your computer, th e reinstallation process reinstalls the program or utility to th e factory im age but cannot restore yo ur personal settings. Reinstalling preinstalled programs and drivers 1 . Remove the program or driver: NOTE: In some cases, drivers are not listed in the Pr ograms and Features list . If the driver is not listed, it does not need to be removed. a . Select Start > C ontrol Panel > Prog rams > Uninstall a program . b . Right-click the program or driver you want to remove, and then click Uninstall . 2 . Reinstall the program or dr iver: a . Select Star t > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. b . Click Advanced Options . c . Click either Software program re-installation or Hardware driver re-installatio n , and then click Nex t . d . Follow the on-scre en instructio ns. e . Restart the computer if prompted. Reinstalling programs from discs 1 . Insert the disc into the optical drive. 2 . When the installation wizard opens, follow the installatio n instructions on the screen. 3 . Restart the computer if prompted. Recovering syste m information 163
Performing a recovery Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or re store the system if you exper ience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr e ate or from a de dicated reco very partition on the hard drive. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Re store and driver rollback capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager only re covers software that wa s preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled from t he disc provided by the manufacturer or downloaded from the manufacturer's Web site. Recovering from the recovery discs To restore the system fro m the recovery discs: 1 . Back up all personal files. 2 . Insert the first recovery disc into th e optical drive and restart the computer. 3 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the part ition on the hard drive You can perform a recovery from the partition on the hard drive from either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system fro m the partition, follow these steps: 1 . Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . â Restart the computer and press f11 while the âPress <F11> for re coveryâ message is displaye d on the screen. Then select Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 2 . Click Advanced Options . 3 . Click System recovery , and then clic k Next . 4 . Follow the on-screen instructions. 164 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Deleting the recovery parti tion on the hard drive The Recovery Manager Advanced Options menu provides the option of deleting the recovery partition, which will increase space on the hard drive. Delete the recovery partition only if you have already created recovery discs. CAUTION: After you create the recovery di scs, you can increase sp ace on the hard drive by d eleting the recovery partition. How ever, doing this is no t recommended. If you delete this partition, you will lose any information that is on the partition, including Recovery Manager software. Thereafter , you must use the recovery discs to access Recovery Manager software. To delete the recovery partition: 1 . If you have not already created re covery discs, crea te them now. 2 . Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manage r > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 3 . Click Advanced Options . 4 . Click Remove recovery partition , and then click Next . 5 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Updating reinstalled software After you perform a system recove ry, connect to the Internet to update all reinstalled software. To access update links for the operating system and other software provided on your computer: î Select Start > Help and Support . To update optional software, follow the instruct ions provided by the soft ware manufacturer. Some programs include a n update fea ture you can access from a Help button or menu within the program. Recovering syste m information 165
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3G r o u n d Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d 166 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock External monitor 167
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8 Unused 168 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
S-Video-out Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 2 Composite video signal 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 4 S-VHS color ground 5 TV-CD 6 S-VHS intensity ground 7 Composite video ground Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4G r o u n d S-Video-out 169
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set included with the comp uter meets the requirements for use in the country or region where the eq uipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries or regions must meet the requirements of the country or region where the computer is used. Requirements for all countries or regions The requirements listed below are app licable to all countries or regions: â The length of the power cord set must be at leas t 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2. 0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets must be approved by an acce ptable ac credited agency re sponsible for ev aluation in the country or region where th e power cord se t will be used. â T h e p o w e r c o r d s e t s m u s t h a v e a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by each country or regionâs power system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IE C 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the appli ance inlet on the back of the computer. 170 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
Requirements for specific countries or regions Country/region Accr edited agency Applicable note numb er Australi a EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CE BC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMK O 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1 . The flexible cord must be Ty pe HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conductor si ze. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certificatio n m ark of the agency responsible for evalu ation in the country or region where it will be used. 2 . The flexible cord must be Ty pe SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AW G, 3-conductor. The wall plug mus t be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3 . The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and regist ration number in ac cordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm ² co nductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese In dustrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configu ration. 4 . The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.7 5-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5 . The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. Requirements for specific countries or regions 171
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life , do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercised when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this compon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this a ppendix can result in damage to display components. The only components intended for recycling purpos es are the liquid cr ystal display (LCD) pa nel and the backlight. Careful handling must be exercise d when remo ving these components. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product contains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury ma y be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycl ing information, contact your local authorities, or see the Electronic Industries A lliance (EIA) Web site at http://www.eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instru ctions for the display assembly. The disp lay assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight (1) and the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this appendix are ge neral disassembly instructions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, and component shape s and sizes, ca n vary from one computer model to another. 172 Chapter 11 R ecycling
Perform the follow ing steps to disassembl e the display assembly: 1 . Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2 . Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the bezel diseng ages from the display assembly. 3 . Remove the display bezel (3) . Display 173
4 . Disconnect all display panel c ables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5 . Remove a ll screws (1) that secure the disp lay panel assembly to th e display enc losure. 6 . Remove the display panel assembly (2) from the display enclosure. 7 . Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8 . Remove all screws t hat secure the di splay p anel frame to the display panel. 9 . Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of th e display panel to the display panel frame . 174 Chapter 11 R ecycling
10 . Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11 . Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12 . Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it outward. 13 . Remove the backlight cover. 14 . Turn the display panel right-side up. Display 175
15 . Remove the backlight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16 . Turn the display pa nel upside down. 17 . Remove the backlight fram e from the display panel. WARNING! The backlight contains mercur y. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to av oid damaging this c ompon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. 176 Chapter 11 R ecycling
18 . Remove the backlight from the backlight frame. 19 . Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20 . Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21 . Release the LC D panel (3) from the display rear panel. 22 . Release th e tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23 . Remove the LCD panel. 24 . Recycle the LCD panel and bac klight. Display 177
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 port, location 1 5 A AC adapter, spare part numbers 35, 38 administrator password 120 advanced Setup Utility features 119 antenna removal 86 spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 applications key, Windows 11 audio board removal 97 spare part number 24, 41, 46, 47, 97 audio, product description 4 audio-in jack location 14 pin assignments 166 audio-out jack location 14 pin assignments 166 audio-out S/PDIF jack, location 14 B backpack, spare part number 35, 37 backup 160 base enclosure, spare part numbers 25, 41, 42 battery removal 56 spare part numbers 25, 40, 42, 44, 56 battery bay 1 7 battery light 12, 14 battery rele ase latch 17 bezel illustrated 30 spare part numbers 3 0, 40, 42, 58, 60, 84 Bluetooth module removal 98 spare part number 25, 37, 98 Bluetooth module cable illustrated 33 spare part number 45 boot options 12 0 boot order 120 bottom components 17 button sound 120 buttons DVD 9 media 9 next/fast forward 1 0 play/pause 10 power 9 previous/rewind 10 stop 10 volume mute 10 C Cable Kit contents 33 spare part number 29, 33, 38 cables, service considerations 49 camera location 8 product description 4 camera light 8 camera module illustrated 30 removal 57 spare part number 30, 43, 57 camera module cable illustrated 30 removal 87 spare part numbe r 87 caps lock light 12 carrying case, spare pa rt number 35, 38 changing the Setup Utility language 117 chipset, product description 2 closing the Setup Utility 119 CMOS clearing 53 components bottom 17 display 8 front 14 keyboard 11 left-side 15 lights 12 rear 16 right-side 16 top 8 TouchPad 13 composite video cable, spare part number 35, 37 computer feet locations 55 spare part numbe r 55 computer specifications 122 connector pin assignments audio-in 166 audio-out 166 external monitor 167 headphone 166 microphone 166 modem 168 178 Index
monitor 167 network 168 RJ-11 168 RJ-45 168 S-Video-out 16 9 Universal Seri al Bus (USB) 169 connectors, service considerations 49 D Diagnostics menu 120 Digital Media Slot 15 Digital Media Slot light 15 diskette drive precautions 49 product description 4 display assembly removal 82 spare part numbers 1 9, 40, 42, 82 display bezel illustrated 30 release 57, 59 spare part numbers 3 0, 40, 42, 58, 60, 84 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 31, 40, 45 display components illustrated 30 recycling 172 spare part numbers 3 0 display enclosure illustrated 30 spare part numbers 3 1, 40, 42 display hinge removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 display hinge covers spare part number 44 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 display inverter illustrated 30 removal 59, 61 spare part number 30, 38, 59 display panel illustrated 30 product description 3 removal 86 spare part number 30, 40, 44, 86 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 31, 38, 44 display specifications 123 display switch 8 display switch module illustrated 30 removal 104 spare part number 31 spare part numbers 38 docking support, product description 6 Door/Cover Kit contents 32 spare part number 22, 32, 38 drive light 12, 14 drivers, reinstalling 163 drives boot order 120 preventing damage 49 DVB-T antenna adapter, spare part number 35, 38 DVB-T antenna, spare part number 35, 38 DVB-T tuner adapter, spare p art number 35, 38 DVB-T tuner, spare part number 35, 38 DVD button 9 DVD button light 12 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 49 removal 73 spare part number 27, 34, 42, 44, 73 specifications 125 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 49 removal 73 spare part numbers 26, 34, 42, 44, 73 specifications 125 E electros tatic disch arge 50 enhanced SATA support 120 esc key 11 Ethernet, product description 5 expansion port 3 15 ExpressCard assembly removal 109 spare part number 23, 38, 109 ExpressCard slo t 15 ExpressCard s lot bezel, illustrated 32 external media cards, product description 6 external monitor port location 15 pin assignments 167 F fan/heat sink assembly removal 112 spare part number 25, 41, 44, 112 fan/heat sink assembly mounting bracket installation 114 spare part number 25, 38, 114 feet locations 55 spare part number 55 fingerprint reader 10, 117 fingerprint reader, spare part number 35, 45 fn key 11 front components 14 function keys 11 G graphics, product description 2 grounding equipment and methods 5 2 H hard drive precautions 49 product description 4 removal 61 spare part numbers 2 6, 34, 42, 44, 45, 61 specifications 124 hard drive bay 17 Index 179
hard drive cover illustrated 32 removal 63 hard drive self test 120 headphone jack location 14 pin assignments 166 headset, spare p art number 35, 37 hinge removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 hinge cover illustrated 30 removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter, spare part number 36, 38 HP slipcase spare part numbe r 45 I I/O address specifications 130, 132 infrared emitter, spare part number 35, 39 infrared lens 14 interrupt specifications 128, 129 inverter illustrated 30 removal 59, 61 spare part number 30, 38, 59 J jacks audio-in 14 audio-out 14 audio-out S/PDIF 14 headphone 14 microphone 14 modem 16 network 15 RJ-11 16 RJ-45 15 S-Video-out jack 15 K keyboard product description 6 removal 74 spare part numbers 2 0, 41, 74 keyboard components 11 keypad keys 11 keys embedded numeric keypad 11 esc 11 fn 11 function 11 Windows applications 11 Windows logo 11 L language support 117, 120 LED board c able, illustrated 33 left-side compo nents 15 light components 12 lights battery 12, 14 caps lock 12 drive 12, 14 DVD button 12 media button 12 next/fast forward 12 num lock 13 play/pause 12 power 12, 14 previous/rewind 12 stop 12 volume down 12 volume mute 12 volume up 13 wireless 14 M main menu 119 mass storage devices, spare part numbers 34 media button 9 media button light 12 memory map specifications 134, 135 memory module product description 3 removal 71 spare part numbers 26, 42, 44, 71 memory module compartment 17 memory module compartment cover illustrated 32 removal 71 microphone illustrated 30 location 8 product description 4 removal 86 microphone jack location 14 pin assignments 166 model name 1 modem jack location 16 pin assignments 168 modem module product description 5 removal 95 spare part number 23, 38, 47, 95 modem module cable illustrated 33 removal 109 monitor port location 15 pin assignments 167 mouse, spare part numbers 35, 38 N navigating in the Setup Utility 118 network jack location 15 pin assignments 168 next/fast forwar d button 10 next/fast forward light 12 num lock light 13 O operating system, product description 7 optical dri ve location 16 precautions 49 product description 4 180 Index
removal 73 spare part numbers 2 6, 34, 73 specifications 125 P packing guidelines 51 password clearing 53 passwords 120 plastic parts 48 play/pause button 10 play/pause light 12 pointing device componen ts 13 product description 6 ports 1394 15 external monitor port 15 monitor port 15 product description 6 Universal Seri al Bus (USB) 15, 16 power button 9 power button board cable, illustrated 33 power connector 16 power connecto r cable removal 108 spare part number 25, 38, 41, 44, 108 power cord set requirements 170 power cord, spare part numbers 36, 37 power light 12, 14 power requirements, product description 6 power-on password 120 power/USB bracket, spare part numbers 35 previous/rewind button 10 previous/rewind light 12 processor product description 1 removal 115 spare part numbers 2 4, 42, 43, 45, 46, 115 product description audio 4 camera 4 chipset 2 diskette drive 4 display panel 3 docking support 6 Ethern et 5 external media cards 6 graphics 2 hard drives 4 keyboard 6 memory module 3 microphone 4 modem module 5 operating system 7 optical drives 4 pointing devices 6 ports 6 power requirements 6 processors 1 product name 1 security 7 serviceability 7 wireless 5 product name 1 R rear component 16 recovery discs 162 recovery partition, deleting 165 recovery, system 164 remote control, spare part numbers 35, 37, 38, 39 removal/replacement preliminaries 48 procedures 54 restore points 161 RF input adapter cable without ferrite, spare part number 38 RF input adapter cable, sp are part number 35 right-side components 16 RJ-11 ja ck location 16 pin assignments 168 RJ-45 ja ck location 15 pin assignments 168 RTC battery removal 70 spare part number 26, 38, 70 rubber displ ay bezel kit spare part number 45 Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 25, 38, 55 S S-Video-out jack location 15 pin assignments 169 Screw Kit contents 137 spare part number 36, 38, 44 screw listing 137 secondary hard drive s elf test 121 security cable slot 15 Security menu 120 security, product description 7 selecting in the Setup Utility 118 serial number 18, 54 service considerations 48 serviceability, product description 7 Setup Utility changing the lang uage 117 Diagnostics menu 120 displaying system information 118 Main menu 119 navigating 118 overview 117 Security menu 120 selecting 118 starting 117 System Configuration menu 120 using advanced features 119 SIM removal 69 spare part number 69 SIM slot cover, illustrated 32 software reinstalling 163 updating 165 speaker assembly removal 102 spare part number 23, 38, 102 speakers 9 Index 181
specifications computer 122 display 123 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 125 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 125 hard drive 124 I/O addresses 130, 132 interrupts 128, 129 memory map 134, 135 optical drive 125 system DMA 127 static-shielding materials 52 stop button 10 stop light 12 switch cover removal 79 spare part numbers 20, 42, 44, 47, 79 system boa rd removal 106 spare part numbers 23, 40, 106 System Configuration menu 120 system DMA 127 system information 118, 119 system memory map 134, 135 T thermal paste, replacement 113 tools required 48 top components 8 top cover removal 87 spare part numbers 22, 41, 42, 45, 46, 87 top cover trim illustrated 32 removal 105 TouchPad removal 92 spare part number 23, 42, 44, 92 TouchPad cable, spare part number 92 TouchPad components left button 13 light 13 on/off button 13 right button 13 scroll zone 13 TouchPad 13 transporting guidelines 51 TV tuner antenna, spare part number 35, 39 TV tuner remote control, spare part number 38 TV tuner, spare part number 35, 39 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port locations 15, 16 pin assignments 169 unknown password 53 USB board removal 100 spare part number 25, 38, 44, 100 USB board cable, illustrated 33 USB digital drive, spare part number 36, 37 USB infrared receiver 36 USB infrared receiver, spare part number 38 V vents 16, 17 video memory 120 volume down light 12 volume mute button 10 volume mute light 12 volume scroll zone 10 volume up light 1 3 W Windows applications key 11 Windows logo key 11 wireless antenna removal 86 spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 Wireless Antenna Kit, spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 wireless light 14 wireless module compartment 1 7 wireless module compartment cover illustrated 32 removal 67 wireless switch 14 wireless s witch board removal 94 spare part number 24, 38, 94 wireless, product description 5 WLAN module removal 65 spare part numbers 27, 39, 42, 65 spare part numers 38 workstation guidelines 51 WWAN module removal 78 spare part number 29, 78 spare part numbers 42, 45 182 Index
© Copyright 2007 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. AMD, the AMD Arrow logo, Athlon, Sempron, Turion, and combinations thereof, are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel. Cele ron, Core, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are either trademarks or registered trademarks of M icrosoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information cont ained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Fourth Edition: December 2007 First Edition: April 2007 Document Part Number: 448075-004
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of he at-related injuries or of ov erheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Us e the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow an other hard surface, such as an ad joining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to bl oc k airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operatio n. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the u ser-accessible surface temp erature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 6095 0). iii
iv Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identification Top compo nents ........ ............................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ..... ...... 8 Display compo nents ............ ......................... ........................ ......................... ............ 8 Buttons, spea kers, and fingerprint rea der ............................... .............................. ........ 9 Keys ............ .......... .......... ........... ............. .......... ........... .......... ............. ........... ....... 11 Lights ........... ........ ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........ .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... 12 TouchPad ............... ........... ............ ............. ........... ........... ............... ........... ........... . 13 Front components .......... ......... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ........ .... . 14 Left-side components .. ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........ ........... ........ ...... .... . 15 Rear component ........ ............. ......... .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............. .......... ....... ..... 16 Right-side co mponents .................. .......... ............. ............ .............. ............. .......... ............. .. ... 16 Bottom components .. ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........ .......... ........ .... ... 17 3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location ...... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........... ........ ..... .... 18 Computer majo r components .. ........... ............. ........... ............ ........... ........... ............. ........... .... 1 9 Display asse mbly compo nents ............ ................. ............ ............... ................. ............ ............ 3 0 Door/Cover Kit ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ............. ..... ...... 32 Cable Kit .. ........... .......... ............. ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... .......... .... ........ . 33 Mass sto rage devices ........... .......... ........... .......... ........... .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... .. . 34 Miscellaneous parts ........ ......... .......... ......... ......... ........ ........... ......... ........ ......... ........... ...... .. ... 35 Sequential part number list ing ............ ........... ............. .......... .......... .............. .......... .............. .. .. 37 4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminar y replacem ent requireme nts .......... ............. ......... ............. ............ ........... ............ ....... 48 Tools required ........ ........... .............. ........... ........... ............. ........... ........... .............. . 48 Service co nsiderations ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ....... 48 Plastic parts ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... 48 Cables a nd connectors . ............... ................. ................ ............... ............. 49 Drive handling ......... .......... .............. ........... ........... ............. ........... .......... 49 Grounding guidelines .. ......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ......... ............ ......... ......... ... 50 v
Electrostatic discharge damage ... ........... ... .. ............ ......... ......... .......... ....... 50 Pac kagi ng a nd t ran spo rti ng gu ide lin es ... ............... ............. ......... 51 Workstation gu idelines .............................................................. 51 Equipment gu idelines .... .............. ............ ............ .............. ......... 52 Unknown u ser password .. .............. ............... ................ ............. ................... ........... 53 Component rep lacemen t procedur es ................................... ..................................................... 54 Serial numbe r .......... ............. ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ .............. ...... 54 Computer feet ... .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ......... ........... ........ .. 55 Battery . .......... .......... ........... .......... ........... .......... ............. .......... ........... ......... ......... 56 Camera modu le .......... .............. .......... ............ ........... ............ .............. ............ ....... 57 Display inverter ... ......... ........ ............ ........ ........... ......... ......... ........... ......... ........... ... 59 Hard drive ... ........................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ............ 61 WLAN module ...... ........... .............. ........... ........... .............. ........... ............ ............. . 65 SIM ... ............ ............. ............ ............ ........... ............... ............ ............. ........... ..... 69 RTC batter y .................. .................. ............... .................. ................ .................... ... 70 Memory module ... ......... .......... ......... ............ .......... ......... .......... ............ ......... ......... 71 Optical dr ive .......... ................ .............. .............. ............ .............. ................. ......... 73 Keyboard ..... ......... ........... ........ ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ......... ........... ........ ... 74 WWAN module ... ..................... ................ ................... .................... .................. .... 78 Switch cover ...... ........... ......... ........ ........... ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ........... .... 79 Display ass embly ............ ....................... ................. .................. .................. ............ 82 Top cover .... ............ ......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ...... 87 TouchPad .. .......... ........... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ............. .......... .......... . 92 Wireless switch board .. ........................ .................. ................. ........................ ........ 94 Modem modul e ................................ ............................... ................................... .... 95 Audio board .......... .......... ........... .............. ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ... 97 Bluetooth module ............................... ........................... ................................... ....... 98 USB boar d ............ ........... ............... ............... ............. ............... ............... ........... 10 0 Speaker assembly ..... ................... ................ ................. ............... .................... ..... 102 Display switch module ...... .................... .................. ..................... .................... ...... 104 System boar d .................... .......................... .................... ..................... ................ 106 Power co nnector cable ........................... ........................................ ....................... 10 8 ExpressCard assembly ........ ............. ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ....... 109 Fan/heat s ink assembly ........ ....................... ...................... ............................ ........ 112 Processor .. ................. .................. ................. .................. ................ ................. .... 115 5 Setup Utility Starting the S etup Utility ... ............ ........... ............. .......... ............. ........... .......... ............ ..... .... 117 Changing the language of the Se tup Utility ............................................................................. 117 Navigating and s electing in the S etup Utility ....... .................................................. ................... 118 Displaying sys tem informatio n ........................ ........................ ..................... ........................... 118 Restoring defaul t settings in the Setup Utili ty ............................................................................ 11 8 Using adva nced Setup Utility featur es .......... .............. ............... .............. .............. ............... ... 119 vi
Closing the Se tup Utility ....... .............. ............. ............. ............... ............ ............... ............ ... 119 Setup U tility menus ....... ........... ........... ............ ........... ........... ............. ........... .......... .......... .... 119 6 Specifications Computer specific ations ...... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ .. . 122 14.1-inch , WXGA, BrightView display spe cifications ............................................. .................. 123 Hard drive s pecifications ... ........................ ........................ ............................. ..................... . 124 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double- Layer Combo Drive spe cifications .............................. 125 High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD±RW Drive .................... ............................... .................... 126 System DMA specifications ...... ........... ........... .............. ......... .............. ........... ........... ............. 127 System interrupt specificationsâIntel processors ............ ............ ............. .......... ............ ............ 128 System interru pt specificatio nsâAMD proces sors .......... ................ ................. ................. ......... 129 System I/O ad dress specifica tionsâIntel pro cessors .... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............. 130 System I/O ad dress specif icationsâAMD pro cessors ... ......................... ......................... .......... 132 System memory map specific ationsâIntel proces sors ....... .......... ......... ........... ......... .......... ........ 134 System memo ry map specificat ionsâAMD pr ocessors ....... ...................... ........................ ......... 135 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2. 0Ã5.0 captive sc rew ......... ............. ............... ............. ................. ............. .......... 138 Phillips PM2. 5Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 139 Phillips PM3. 0Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 142 Phillips PM2. 0Ã6.0 shoulder screw ....... .......................... ...................... .......................... ....... 143 Phillips PM2. 5Ã9.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 143 Silver Philli ps PM2.0Ã3 .0 screw ......... ..................................... .......................................... .... 14 6 Phillips PM2. 5Ã7.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 148 Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw .. ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ...... 15 0 Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw .. ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ...... 15 2 Phillips PM2. 0Ã5.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 154 Silver Philli ps PM2.5Ã5 .0 screw ......... ..................................... .......................................... .... 15 5 Phillips PM2. 0Ã2.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 157 Phillips PM2. 0Ã4.0 screw ................. .............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ....... 158 Phillips PM2. 0Ã11.0 cap tive screw ... ................. ............. ............. ................. ............. ............ 159 8 Backup and Recovery Recoverin g system informatio n .......... .......... ............ .......... ............. .......... ............ ......... ......... 1 60 Backing up your information ..... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ ............ 160 When to back u p ............ ............. ............... ............. .............. ............ .... 160 Back up s uggestion s ............... ..................... ................ .................. ......... 161 Using system restore points .......... ............. ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. ... 161 When to create res tore points .... ............... ............. ................ ............... ... 161 Create a system restore p oint .......... ............. .......... ............ .......... .......... .. 161 Restore to a p revious date and time .......... ............ ............ .......... ........... ... 162 Creating rec overy discs .. .......................................... .................................... ......... 162 vii
Reinstalling software programs and dr ivers .. ........... ............... ........... ............ ............ 163 Reinstalling pre installed progra ms and drivers ....................... ............ ........ 163 Reinstalling prog rams from discs .......................................... .................... 163 Performing a recovery ...... .......... ............ ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. .... 164 Recover ing from the recovery disc s ............ ............. ........... ............ ........... 164 Recover ing from the partition on th e hard drive .... ................ ............... ....... 164 Deleting the recovery partition on the hard drive ................ ................. ...................... 165 Updating reinstalle d software .............. ....................................... ............................ 165 9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (mic rophone) .... .................. ................... ...................... ................. .................... ..... . 166 Audio-ou t (headphone) .. ................. ................. ..................... ................ ................... ............. 166 External monitor .... ............ ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... ......... ..... ..... 167 RJ-11 (modem) ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ...... .... 168 RJ-45 (ne twork) ... ............ ............. ............. ............... ............ ............. ............. ............... .. ..... 168 S-Video-out ......... ......... ........ ........... ........ ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ........... .... ...... . 169 Universal Serial Bus ...... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ......... ............ .... .... 169 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countrie s or regions .......... ................ .................................. ................. .... 170 Requirements for specific countries or regions ........... ............... .......................... ........... ........... 171 11 Recycling Battery ...... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ......... ....... ...... ... 172 Display .. ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ............ ........... . .... .... 172 Index .. ........... .......... ............. ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... .......... ........... .. .... 178 viii
1 Product description Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem Product Name HP Pavilion dv2 500 and dv2700 Notebook PC â â â Processo rs Intel® Core⢠Duo with 800-MHz front side bus (FSB) T9300 2.50-GHz processor with 6-MB L2 cache â â T8300 2.40-GHz processor with 3-MB L2 cache â â T8100 2.10-GHz processor with 3-MB L2 cache â â T7700 2.40-GHz processor with 4-MB L2 cache â â T7500 2.20-GHz processor with 4-MB L2 cache â â T7250 2.00-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â T5550 1.83-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â T5450 1.67-GHz processor with 2-MB L2 cache â â Intel Pentium® Dual-Core : T2370 1.73 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â T2330 1.60 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â T2310 1.46 GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â â Intel Celeron® M: 540 1.86-GHz processor with 1- MB L2 cache â â 530 1.73-GHz processor with 1- MB L2 cache ââ 1
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proce ssors: Turion⢠TL-68 2.4-Ghz proces sor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-66 2.3-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-62 2.1-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-60 2.0-Ghz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-58 1.9-GHz processor with 1-MB L2 cache â Turion TL-55 1.8-GHz processor with 512-KB L2 cache â Turion MK-38 2.2-GHz processor with 512-MB L2 cache â Athlon⢠TK-57 1.9-GHz processor with 2-GB L2 cache â Sempron⢠3800 2.2-GHz processor with 256-KB L2 cache â Sempron 3600 2.0-GHz processor with 256-KB L2 cache â Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM965 â Northbridge: GM965 â Southbridge: Intel ICH8m â â Northbridge: nVidia MCP67M â Southbridge: nVidia Integrated â Graphics nVidia Discrete PCI Express à 16 Graphics â nVidia NB8M GS with 64 MB of dedicated video memory (8M à 32 GDD R3 à 2 PCs) with 128 MB of video memory w hen syste m memory is less than 1 GB (64 MB 64 MB Turbo Cache) â nVidia NB8M GS with 64 MB of dedicated video memory (8M à 32 GDD R3 à 2 PCs) with 256 MB of video memory w hen syste m memory is greater than or equal to 1 GB (64 MB 192 MB Turbo Cache) â 2C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem System design supports up to 55- W GPU requirement. Mobile Intel Gra phics Media Accelerator X3100 Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) with shared video memory: â Up to 64 MB on computers with 512 MB or less of system memory â Up to 128 MB on computers with more than 512 MB of system memory Memory size is a dynamic change. â UMA nVidia Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) with shared video memory: â Up to 64 MB on computers with 512 MB of system memory â Up to 256 MB on computers with 1024 MB of system memory â Up to 576 MB on computers with more than 2048 MB of system memory â Panel 14.1-inch, WXGA with Bright View â â â Memory 2 SODIMM slots â â â Customer-access ible/upgradable â â â Supports up to 4 GB of system RAM â â â DDRII PC2-5300 (667-MHz) â â â Supports the following configurations: â 4096 (2048 x 2) â 3072 (2048 1048) â 2048 (2048 Ã 1) â 2048 (1024 Ã 2) â 1536 (1024 512) ââ â 3
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem â 1024 (1024 à 1, 512 à 2) â 512 (512 à 1) Hard drives Supports 9.5-mm, 2.5-inch hard drives â â â Serial ATA â â â Supports the following drives: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm â 200-GB, 4200-rpm â 160-GB, 5400-rpm â 120-GB, 5400-rpm â 80-GB, 5400-rpm â â â Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) â â â Parallel ATA â â â 12.7-mm tray load â â â Supports the following drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive â DVD-CD/RW Combo Drive â â â Supports High Definition DVD- ROM and DVD±RW Drive â â Diskette drive Supports external USB drive only â â â Camera Low-light, VGA camera â â â Fixed (no tilt) â â â 640 à 480 by 20 frames per second â â â Microphone 2 dual-array microphones with software â â â Audio HD audio â â â Supports Windows Vista® Premium Logo requirements ââ â 4C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem Pavilion-branded Altec Lansing speakers â â â Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem â â â Supports all world-wide certification requirements â â â Modem cable not included â â â Ethernet Integrated Marvell E8039 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â â Ethernet cable not included â â â Wireless Integrated wire less local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module: Intel PRO Wireless 3945 802.11a/b/g and 802.11b/g with 2 antennae integrated into th e display assembly â â Intel PRO Wireless 4965 802.11a/b/g/n with 3 antennae integrated into the dis play assembly @ 2.4 and 5.0 GHz â â Intel WLAN Bluetooth® â â Broadcom 4321AGN Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11a/b/g/draft-n) Bluetooth w/2 antennas â Broadcom 4321AGN Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11a/b/g/draft-n) w/2 antennas â Broadcom BCM4312 Wi-Fi Adapter (802.11b/g) w/2 antennas â â â Integrated WWAN options by way of wireless module: 2 WWAN 5-band antennae built into display assem bly â â Subscriber identity module (SIM) security (customer-access ible in battery bay) ââ 5
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel processors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem Support for the foll owing WWAN formats: â Evolution-data optimized (EVDO) â High-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) â â External media card One ExpressCard54 slot â â â Digital Media Slot, supports SD, MMC, SD I/O, MS, MSpro, xD â â â Supports miniature versions of SD, MMC, MS Duo with adapter (adapter is not included) â â â Supports 2nd Mini-PCIe â â â Ports Audio-in (mono microphone) â â â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â â â Audio-out (stereo headphone with S/PDIF) â â â Consumer infrared â â â RJ-11 (modem) â â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â â â S-Video-out â â â USB (3) â â â VGA (Dsub 15-pin) â â â 1394 â â â 2-pin AC power â â â Docking Expansion port 3 supports HP xb3000 Notebook Expansion Base and HP Notebook QuickD ock â â â Keyboard/pointing devices 14.1-inch keyboard â â â TouchPad with 2 buttons and four- way scroll (taps enabled as default) â â â Power requirements 12-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery â â â 6-cell 2.55-Ah Li-ion batt ery â â â 6-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery ââ â 6C h a p t e r 1 Product description
Category Description Intel processors with discrete graphics subsystem Intel proces sors with UMA graphics subsystem AMD processors with UM A graphics subsystem 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug with ground pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) â â â Securit y Security cable slot â â â Fingerprint reader â â â Operating syste m Preinstalled: Configurable W indows Vista embedded "QuickPlay Direct" â â Windows Vista Business (32-bit) â â â Windows Vista Home Basic (32- bit) â â â Windows Vista Premium (32- and 64-bit) â â â Windows Vista Ultimate (64-bit) â â Serviceability End-user repl aceable parts: AC adapter â â â Battery (system) â â â Hard drive â â â Memory module â â â Optical drive â â â WLAN module ââ â 7
2 External component identification Top components Display components Item Compo nent Description (1) Internal microphones (2) ( select models only) Record sound. NOTE: If there is a microphone ico n next to each microphone opening, the computer has internal microphones. (2) Integrated camera light (select model s only) On: The integrated camera is in use. (3) Integrated camera (select models only) Records video and captures still photographs. (4) Internal display switch* Turns off the display if the displa y is closed while the computer is on. *The location of the internal displa y switch varies by computer model. 8C h a p t e r 2 External component identification
Buttons, speakers, an d fingerprint reader Item Component D escription (1) Power button* â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, pres s the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows ® shutdown procedures are ineffec tive, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about power settings , select Start > Control Panel > Syste m and Maintena nce > Power Options . (2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (3) Media button Opens the QuickPlay program. NOTE: If the computer has been set up to require a logon password, you may be asked to log on to Windows. QuickPlay opens after you lo g on. Refer to the QuickPlay Help for more information. (4) DVD button Opens the DVD playback fe ature of the QuickPlay program. Top components 9
Item Compo nent Description NOTE: If the compu ter has been set up to require a logon password, you may be asked to log on to Windows. QuickPlay opens after you log on . Refer to the QuickPlay Help for more information. (5) Previous/rewind button â Plays the previous track or chapter when pressed once. â Rewinds media when pressed simultaneou sly with the fn key. (6) Play/pause button Plays or pauses the disc. (7) Next/fast forward button â Plays the next track or chapter when pressed once. â Fast forwards media when pressed simultaneously with the fn key. (8) Stop button Stops the disc. (9) Volume mute button Mutes and restores the speaker sound. (10) Volume scroll zone Adjusts speaker vo lume. Slide your finger to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus s ign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. (11) Fingerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. *This table describes factory settings. For information about chan ging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in He lp and Support. 10 Chapter 2 External component identification
Keys Item Componen t Function (1) esc key Displays system in formation when press ed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used s ystem functions when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (5) Embedded numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. (6) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions wh en pressed in combination with the fn key. Top components 11
Lights Item Component Description (1) Power lights (2)* â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in th e Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level or a critical battery level. â Off: If the computer is plug ged into an external power source, the light is tu rned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If t he computer is not plugged into an ex ternal power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. (4) Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. (5) Media button light Blinks once when the media button is pressed. (6) DVD button light Blinks once when the DVD bu tton is pressed. (7) Previous/rewind light Blinks once when the previous/rewin d button is pressed. (8) Play/pause light Blinks once when the play/pause button is pressed. (9) Next/fast forward light Blinks once when the next /fast forward button is pressed. (10) Stop light Blinks once when the s top button is pressed. (11) Volume mute light â Blue: Computer sound is turne d on. â Amber: Computer sound is turned off. (12) Volume down light Blinking: The volume scroll zo ne is being used to decrease speaker vol ume. 12 Chapter 2 External component identification
Item Component Description (13) Volume up light Blinking: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume. (14) Num lock light On: Num lock is on or th e embedded numeric keypad is enabled. *The 2 power lights display the same information . The light on th e power button is visible only when the computer is open. The power light on the front of the compu ter is vi sible whether the comput er is open or closed. TouchPad Item Component Function (1) TouchPad light â Blue: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) TouchPad left button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. (5) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls up or down . (6) TouchPad right button* Functions like the right button on an external mo use. *This table describes factory settings. To view or change pointing device preferences, selec t Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse . Top components 13
Front components Item Component Function (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level or a critical battery level. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the comp uter is not plugged into an external po wer source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or op tical drive is being accessed. (4) Wireless switch Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not create a wireless connection. NOTE: To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must already be set up. (5) Wireless light â Blue: An integrated wireless device, s uch as a WLAN device and/or a Bluetooth® device, is turned on. â Amber: An integrated wireless device is turned off. (6) Consumer infrared lens Receives a signal from a remote control device, su ch as the HP Remote Control. (7) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microph one, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (8) Audio-out (headphone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. (9) Audio-out (headphone) S/PD IF jack (select models only) Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. 14 Chapter 2 External component identification
Left-side components Item Component Function (1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional secu rity cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the compu ter from being mishandled or stolen. (2) S-Vid eo-out jack Connects an optional S-Video device such as a television, VCR, camcorder, overhead projector, or video capture card. (3) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (4) Expansion port 3 Connects the computer to an optional docking device or expansion product. NOTE: The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansion port. (5) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. (6) USB port (select models only) Connects an optional USB device. NOTE: Depending on your computer model, the computer may include an HDMI port or a USB port. (7) 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1394 or 1394a device, su ch as a camcorder. (8) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory St ick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital Input/Output (SD I/O) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Card (XD) â xD-Picture Card (XD) Type H â xD-Picture Card (XD) Type M (9) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. (10) ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard/54 cards. Left-side co mponents 15
Rear component Component Description Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycl e on and off during routine operation. Right-side components Item Component Function (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs, and, on select models , also writes to optical discs. (2) USB ports Connect optional USB devices. (3) RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cable. (4) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 16 Chapter 2 External component identification
Bottom components Item Component Function (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latch Releases the battery fr om the battery bay. (3) Wireless module compartm ent Contains a wireless mo dule slot. CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmental ag ency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning mess age, remove the module to restore computer functionalit y, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. (4) Vents (4) Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) Memory module compartment Contains 2 memor y module slots . (6) Hard drive bay Holds the hard drive and the RTC battery. Bottom components 17
3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location When ordering parts or requestin g information, pr ovide the computer serial number and mod el number located on the bottom of the computer. 18 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Computer major components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display assemblies Computer major components 19
Item Description Spare part number 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models equipped with a camera module (includ es camera module, micropho nes, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models sold at B est Buy (i nclude s camera mo dule , microphones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, disp lay assem bly for us e only with computer models equipped with a camera module and a WW AN module (include s camera module , microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with Artist Edition computer models equipped with a came ra module (includes camer a module, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a came ra module (includes camer a module, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 466183-001 NOTE: See Display assembly components on page 30 for more information on display assembly internal component spare part numbers. (2) Switch covers For use only in computer models with Intel or AMD processors: â Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 451312-001 For use only in computer mo dels with Intel processors: â Switch cover for use only wit h computer models sol d at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451599-001 â On Artist Edition computers 462532-001 â On white Special Edition computers 466187-001 For use only in computer models with AMD processors: â Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 455849-001 (3) Key boards For use with basic computer models: â Belgium 448615-021 â Brazil 448615-201 â Canadian French 448615-121 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DH1 â France 448615-051 â Germany 448615-041 â Greece 448615-DJ1 â Israel 448615-BB1 20 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Ital y 448615-061 â Latin America 448615-161 â Japan 448615-291 â The Netherlands and Europe 448615-B31 â Portugal 448615-131 â Russia 448615-251 â Saudi Arabia 448615-171 â South Korea 448615-AD1 â Spain 448615-071 â Switzerland 448615-111 â Taiwan 448615-AB1 â Thailand 448615-281 â Turkey 448615-141 â The United Kingdom 448615-031 â The United States 448615-001 For use only with Special Edition co m puter models with AM D processors: â Japan 462549-291 â The United States 462549-001 For use only with metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors: â Brazil 452236-201 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 452236-DH1 â France 452236-051 â Italy 452236-061 â Latin America 452236-161 â Portugal 452236-131 â Saudi Arabia 452236-171 â South Korea 452236-AD1 â Spain 452236-071 â Switzerland 452236-111 â Taiwan 452236-AB1 â Thailand 452236-281 â Turkey 452236-141 â The United Kingdom 452236-031 â The United States 452236-001 Computer major components 21
Item Description Spare part number For use only with Artist Edition computer mo dels: â Brazil 462753-201 â Canadian French 462753-121 â Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 462753-DH1 â France 462753-051 â Germany 462753-041 â Italy 462753-061 â Japan 462753-291 â Latin America 462753-161 â The Netherlands and Europe 462753-B31 â Portugal 462753-131 â Saudi Arabia 462753-171 â South Korea 462753-AD1 â Spain 462753-071 â Taiwan 462753-AB1 â Thailand 462753-281 â Turkey 462753-141 â The United Kingdom 462753-031 â The United States 462753-001 For use only with white Special Edition com puter models: â The United States 463976-001 Door/Cover Kit (see Door/Cover Kit on page 32 fo r more Door/Cover Kit spare part component information) 417073-001 (4a) Top cover trim â For use only in computer model s with Intel processors equipped with a Web cam 430466-001 â For use only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 465309-001 â For use only in white Special Edition computer models 465310-001 â For use only in Artist Edition computer models 465311-001 (4b) ExpressCard slot bezel (4c) SIM slot cover (4d) Hard drive cover (4e) Memory module compartment cover (4f) Wireless module compartment cover (5) Top covers (include TouchPad and TouchPad cable) For use in computer models with Intel or AMD processors: 22 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes fingerprint reader board and cable) 448618-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel processors: â Not equipped with a fingerprint reader 448619-001 â Sold at Best Buy (includes fi ngerprint reader board and cable) 451600-001 â Sold at Best Buy and equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 457707-001 â Equipped with a WWAN module (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 â Equipped with a fingerprint reader bo ard and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459766-001 â On Artist Edition computers (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462531-001 â On white Special Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 466188-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: â Sold at Best Buy (does not include fingerprint reader board) 466612-001 â Sold at Best Buy (includes fi ngerprint reader board and cable) 466613-001 â Not equipped with a fingerprint reader 455835-001 (6a) TouchPad (include TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) For use with computer m odels with Intel process ors 451341-001 For use with computer m odels with AMD proces sors 455838-001 (6b) TouchPad bracket (included with top cover spare part kits and with TouchPad) (7a) Modem module (includes modem module cable) For use in dv2500 models 431852-001 For use in dv2700 models 463971-001 (7b) Modem module cable for use with computer models with Intel processors (incl uded with modem module) For use with computer models with AMD processors 455847-001 (8) Speaker assembly 417089-001 (9) ExpressCard assembly 417112-001 (10) System boards (include thermal material) For use in computer models with In tel processors: â On dv2500 models equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 448596-001 â On dv2500 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448598-001 â On dv2500 models equipped with a WWAN module 457356-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 460715-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 460716-001 â On dv2700 models equipped with a WWAN module 460718-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: Computer major components 23
Item Description Spare part number â In full-featured dv2500 model s not equipped with a camera module 453411-001 â In defeatured dv2500 models not equipped with a camera module 453412-001 â In full-featured dv2700 model s equipped with a camera module 462535-001 â In defeatured dv2700 models equipped with a camera module 462536-001 (11) Wireless switch board (includes wireless switch board cable) 417092-001 (12) Audio board (includes audio connectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) For use in dv2500 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 448626-001 For use in dv2700 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 463972-001 For use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN modul e 459765-001 For use in dv2700 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN modul e 463973-001 (13) Processo rs (include thermal material) Intel Core 2 Duo processors: â T9300 (2.50-GHz, 6-MB L2 cache) 459799-001 â T8300 (2.40-GHz, 3-MB L2 cache) 459798-001 â T8100 (2.10-GHz, 3-MB L2 cache) 459797-001 â T7700 (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache) 448148-001 â T7500 (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache) 457312-001 â T7250 (2.00-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 457311-001 â T5750 (2.00-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 462353-001 â T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 458247-001 â T5450 (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 451597-001 â T5250e (1.50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 453948-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core process ors: â T2370 (1.73 GHz, 1-MB L2 cach e) 462354-001 â T2330 (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cach e) 457314-001 â T2310 (1.46-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457313-001 Intel Celeron M processors: â 540 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 454321-001 â 530 (1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457315-001 AMD processors: â Turion TL-68 (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463917-001 â Turion TL-66 (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 450804-001 and 453298-001 24 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â Turion TL-62 (2.1 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 â Turion TL-60 (2.0 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455807-001 â Turion TL-58 (1.9 -GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448561-001 â Turion TL-55 (1.86 -GHz, 1-M B L2 cache) 455808-001 â Turion MK-38 (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 449904-001 â Athlon TK-57 (1.9-GHz, 2-GB L2 cache) 459759-001 â Sempron 3800 (2.2-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 459760-001 â Sempron 3600 (2.0-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 450609-001 (14) Fan /heat sink assembly (includes thermal material) For use in comp uter models with Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448625-001 For use in comp uter models with In tel pr ocessors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 450096-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors 455843-001 Fan/heat sink assembl y mounting bracket (not illustrated) 417114-001 (15) Bluetooth module (includes Bluetoo th module cable) 397923-002 Bluetooth modul e cable for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (not illustrated) 458 663-001 (16) Power connector cable For use with computer m odels with Intel process ors 448628-001 For use with computer m odels with AMD proces sors 430462-001 (17) Base enclosures For use only with computer models with Int el processors that are equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 451342-001 For use on ly with computer m odels with In tel or AMD processors that are equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448621-001 For use only with computer models with Int el processors equipped with a WWAN module 451343-001 Rubber Feet Kit (includes compu ter feet, not illustrated) 417095-001 (18) USB board (includes USB board cable) For use in comp uter models with Intel processors 417085-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel or AMD proces sors 455839-001 (19) Batt eries For use in compu ter models with Intel or AMD processors: â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah 441611-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel processors: â 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 452056-001 Computer major components 25
Item Description Spare part number â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 452057-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 455806-001 â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 455804-001 (20) Hard driv es (include hard drive bracket) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â 320-MB. 5400-rpm 459611-003 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive h ardwa re kit (contains screws, hard driv e bracket, and co nnector; not illlustrated) 453419-001 (21) RTC battery 417076-001 (22) Memory modules (667 -MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â 2048-MB 455739-001 â 1024-MB 452062-001 â 512-MB 452061-001 For use in co mputer models with AMD processors: â 2048-GB 448151-002 â 1024-MB 453415-001 â 512-MB 453414-001 (23) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) For use in co mputer models with Intel processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 26 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 452050-001 â High Definition DVD-ROM and D VD±RW Drive 463933-001 For use in computer model s with AMD processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mu lti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 455828-001 (24) WLAN modules 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules : â For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvado r, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 441086-001 â For use in Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrai n, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel , Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, M ontenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slov enia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United K ingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-002 â For use in Australia, New Zealand, P akist an, the People's Repu blic of China, and South Korea 441086-003 â For use in Japan 441086-291 â For use in South Korea 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g WLAN modules: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argent ina, Australia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Re public, Guam, Guatem ala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, and Vietnam 452063-001 â For use in Aruba, Aus tria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Bulgaria, the Cayman Islands, Colombia , Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, El Salv ador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Jordan, La tvia, Lebanon , Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-002 â For use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pa kistan, the People's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452063-003 â For use in Japan 451861-291 802.11b/g WLAN modul e for use in Thailand 409407-004 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g modules : â For use in the United States and Canada 441075-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australi a, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, 441075-002 Computer major components 27
Item Description Spare part number Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Bots wana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Repu blic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Gu yana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Ku wait, Kyrgy zstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithua nia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, M ali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mon tenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qata r, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe â For use in Japan 441075-291 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN modules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 441090-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Alg eri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australi a, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Bots wana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Repu blic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Gu yana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Ku wait, Kyrgy zstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithua nia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, M ali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mon tenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qata r, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-002 28 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â For use in Japan 441090-291 802.11n WLAN modules: â For use in the United States and Canada 436255-001 â For use in the Argentina, Australia, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemal a, Honduras, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Nicaragua, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela 436256-001 â For use in Japan 436256-291 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g modules: â For use in Canada, Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeri a, Andorra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Be lize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Ce ntral African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Comor os, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, D ominican Re public, East Timor, Ec uador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Irel and, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribat i, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, Br itish Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islan ds, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Moro cco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway , Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, People's Republic of China, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzan ia, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukra ine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Urug uay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 Cable Kit (not illustrate d; see Cable Kit on page 33 for more Cable K it component information) 417075-001 (25) WWAN modules HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WWAN mo dule for use in the United States 451131-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WWAN module, including GPRS 459350-001 Computer major components 29
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezels For use only with compu ter models equippe d with a camera modu le (includes openin gs for camera module and microphones) 448607-001 For use only with computer models no t equipped with a camera module (includes openings for microphones) 448606-001 For use only with computer models so ld at Best Buy (includes openings for camera module and microphones) 451907-001 For use only with computer models eq uipped with a camera module and a WWAN module (includes openin gs for camera module and microphones) 457796-001 For use only with Artist Edition computer models 462529-001 For use only with white Special Edition computer models 466185-001 Rubber display bezel kit (contains all rubber pieces fo r the display bezel; not illustrated) 458653-001 (2) Display inverter (includes Mylar shield) 417097-001 (3) Camera module (includes camera module bracket and 2-sided tape) 453673-001 (4) 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display panel (includes display panel cable) For use with computer models w ith Intel processors not equipped with a WWAN module 448602-001 For use with computer models with Intel process ors equipped with a WWAN module 4486 02-002 30 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number For use with computer models with AMD processors 455810-00 1 (5) Wirel ess Antenna Kit For use with computer models with Intel processors 448609-001 For use with computer models with Intel processors and a WWAN module 448609-002 For use with computer models with AMD processors 458657-00 1 Display Hinge Kit For use with computer models with Intel processors 430473-001 For use with computer models with AMD processors 455817-00 1 (6) Left and right display hinges (7) Left and right display hinge covers for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors (included in Display Hinge Kit) Left and right display hinge covers for us e in computer m odels with AMD proces sors 455845-001 Left and right display hinge covers for use in Artist Edition computer models 462530-001 Left and right display hinge covers for use in white Special Edition computer models 466186-001 (8) Display switch module 417 087-001 Display Cable K it 448610-001 (9) Microphones and cables (10) Camera module cable (11) Display e nclosures Display enclosure (includes log o and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 448605-001 Display enclosure for use on ly with computer mo dels sold at Best Buy (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 451598-001 Display enclosure for use only with com puter models equipped with a WWAN module (includes logo a nd WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 457797-001 Display enclosure for use only with Artist Edition computer models (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 462528-001 Display enclosure for use only with white Special Edition computer models (inclu des logo and WLAN wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 466184-001 Display Screw Kit (includes display bezel rubber screw covers, not illustrated) For use in computer models with Intel processors 417104-00 1 For use in computer models with AMD processors 455868-001 Display cable for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (plugs from unit into display panel; not illustrated) 458655-001 Display bracket for use in co mputer models with AMD processors (not illustrated) 455811-001 Display assembly components 31
Door/Cover Kit Item Description Spare part number Door/Cover Kit 417073-001 (1) Top cover trim (2) ExpressCard slot bezel (3) Hard drive cover (includes 2 captive screws, secured by C-clips) (4) Memory module compartment cover (include s 2 captive screws, secured by C-clips) (5) Wireless module com partment cover (includ es 1 captive screw, secured by a C-clip) (6) SIM slot cover 32 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Cable Kit Item Description Spare part number Cable Kit 417075-001 (1) Power button board cable (2) LED board cable (3) USB board cable (inclu des num lock light) (4) Bluetooth module cable (5) Modem module cable (inc ludes R J-11 connector) Cable Kit 33
Mass storage devices Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drives (include hard drive bracket) For use in computer models with Intel processors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-003 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in computer models with AMD pro cessors: â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 â 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 â 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 â 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 â 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive ha rdware kit (contains screws, hard drive bracket, and connecto r; not illustrated) 453419-001 (2) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) For use in computer models with Intel processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 452050-001 34 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Item Description Spare part number â High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD±RW Drive 463933-001 For use in computer models with AMD processors: â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 â DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 â DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 455828-001 Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number AC adapters 90-W PFC AC adapter 409515-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 417220-001 For use in Japan 403810-291 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner antenna 439131-001 ATSC/NTSC/PAL TV tuner 439130-001 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner 439130-002 Composite video cable 407939-001 DVB-T tu ner 412175-001 DVB-T tu ner ; for use with 412176-003 412175-002 DVB-T tuner adapter 412176-001 DVB-T antenna and DVB-T antenn a adapter 412176-002 DVB-T antenna adapter ; for use with 412175-002 412176-003 Earbud headset 371693-003 Fingerprint reader 458113-001 HP backpack 405527-001 HP carrying case 418162-001 HP slipcase 458248-001 HP Remote Control for use with compu ter models with Intel processors 407313-001 HP Remote Control for use with compu ter models with AMD processors 435743-001 Infrared emitter with cable 439129-001 Optical wi red mouse 436238-001 Power/USB br acket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455833-001 RF input adapter cable (without ferrite) 407940-001 TV tuner remote co ntrol for use in E urope, the Middle East, and Afric a 408479-002 Miscellaneous parts 35
Description Spare part number USB digita l drive 364727-002 USB infrared receiver 408483-001 Windows Vista remote contro l (does not fit into ExpressCard slot) 439254-001 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter 430326-001 Power co rds: Argentina 383496-D01 Australia and New Zealand 383496-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, Fr ance, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Norway , Portugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-021 Brazil 383496-201 Canada, French Canada, Latin Americ a, Thailand, and the United States 383496-001 Denmark 383496-081 India 383496-D61 Israel 383496-BB1 Italy 383496-061 Japan 383496-291 The People's Republic of China 383496-AA1 South Africa 383496-AR1 South Korea 38349 6-AD1 Switzerland 383496-111 Taiwan 383496-AB1 The United Kingdom and Hong Kong 383496-031 Screw Kit For use in computer models with Intel processors 417108-001 For use in computer models with AMD processors 455867-001 â Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Silver Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 must er screw 36 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Description Spare part number â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 364727-002 USB digital drive 371693-003 Wired headset with volume control 383496-001 Power cord for use in the United States 383496-011 Power cord for use in Australia 383496-021 Power cord for use in Europe 383496-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom 383496-061 Power cord for use in Italy 383496-081 Power cord for use in Denmark 383496-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 383496-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 383496-291 Power cord for use in Japan 383496-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's Repu blic of China 383496-AB1 Power cord f or use in Taiwan 383496-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 383496-AR1 Power cord for use in South Afri ca 383496-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 383496-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 383496-D61 Power cord for use in India 397923-002 Bluetooth module (inclu des Bluetooth module cable) 403810-291 Power adapter for use in Japan 405527-001 HP backpack 407313-001 HP Remote Control for use with computer models with Intel processors 407939-001 Composite video cable Sequential part number listing 37
Spare part number Description 407940-001 RF input adapter cable (without ferrite) 408479-002 TV tuner remote control for use in Europe, the M iddle East, and Africa 408483-001 USB infrared receiver 409407-004 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Thailand 409515-001 90-W PFC AC adapter 412175-001 DVB-T tuner 412175-002 DVB-T tuner; for use with 412176-003 412176-001 DVB-T tuner adapter 412176-002 DVB-T antenna and DVB-T antenna adapter 412176-003 DVB-T antenna adapter; for use with 412175-002 417073-001 Door/Cover Kit (see Door/Cover Kit on page 32 for more Door/Cover Ki t component information) 417075-001 Cable Kit (see Cable Kit on page 33 for more Cable Kit component information) 417076-001 RTC battery 417085-001 USB board for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes USB board cable) 417087-001 Display switch module 417089-001 Speaker assembly 417092-001 Wireless switch board(includes wireless switch board cable) 417095-001 Rubber Feet Kit (includes compu ter feet) 417097-001 Display inverter (includes Mylar shield) 417104-001 Display Screw Kit for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 417108-001 Screw Kit for use in computer models with Intel processors 417112-001 ExpressCard assembly 417114-001 Fan/heat sink assembly m ounting bracket 417220-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 418162-001 HP carrying case 430326-001 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter 430462-001 Power connector cable for use in co mputer models with AMD processors 430466-001 Top cover trim for use in computer models with Intel processors equipped with a Web cam 430473-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in c omputer models with Intel pr o cessors (includes left and right display hinges, left and right display hinge covers, and dis play switch module) 431852-001 Modem module for use in dv2500 models (inclu des modem module cable) 435743-001 HP Remote Control for use with computer models with AMD processors 436238-001 Optical wired mouse 436255-001 WLAN 802.11n module for use in the United States and Canada 38 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 436256-001 WLAN 802.11n module for u se in Argentina, Austral ia, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatema la, Honduras, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Nicaragu a, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Uruguay, Ven ezuela 436256-291 WLAN 802.11n module for use in Japan 439129-001 Infrared emitter with cable 439130-001 ATSC/NTSC/PAL TV tuner 439130-002 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner 439131-001 ATSC/NTSC TV tuner antenna 439254-001 Windows Vista remote control (does not fit into Ex pressCard slot) 441075-001 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the Un ited States and Canada 441075-002 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN modu le for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belg ium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islan ds, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Repu blic, Chad, Chil e, Colombia, Comoro s, the Congo, Costa Ric a, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominic a, the Dominica n Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, E ritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, Fra nce, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Ho nduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Ice land, In dia, Indonesia, I reland, Is rael, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait , Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latv ia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, M adagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mex ico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mo ngolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nau ru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Rus sia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Sa udi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Island s, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazilan d, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Tr inidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Tu rkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Un ited Kingdom, Urug uay, Uzbeki stan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441075-291 Broadcom 4311AG 802.11a/b/g WLAN modu le for use in Japan 441086-001 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentin a, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemal a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the Un ited States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 441086-002 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Austria, Azer baijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, Fran ce, Georg ia, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein , Lith uania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, S pain, Sri L anka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-003 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for u se in Australia, New Zealand, Pakistan, the Peop le's R epublic of China, and South Korea 441086-291 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Japan 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g /n WLAN modem for use in South Korea 441090-001 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Can ada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States Sequential part number listing 39
Spare part number Description 441090-002 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN m odule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola , Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, A zerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bh utan, B olivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Co lombia, Comoros, t he Congo, Costa Ric a, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, E thiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greec e, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indo nesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lao s, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho , Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco , Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealan d, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau, Panama , Papua New Guinea, Para guay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Republ ic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Af rica, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname , Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan , Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uru gua y, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, V enezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-291 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Japan 441611-001 6-cell, 2.55-Ah battery for use in co mputers with Intel or AMD processors 448148-001 Intel Core Duo T7700 processor (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) 448151-002 2-GB memory module for use in computer models with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) 448561-001 AMD Turion TL-58 proces sor (1.9-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448596-001 System board for use only with dv2500 computer mode ls with Intel processors and equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem (inclu des thermal material) 448598-001 System board for use only with dv2500 computer mo dels with Intel processors and equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (inclu des thermal material) 448602-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightV iew display panel for use in computer models with Intel processors not equipped with a WWAN module (includes display panel cable) 448602-002 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display panel for use in co mputer models with Intel process ors equipped with a WWAN module (includes display panel cable) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN trans ceivers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module (inclu des camera module, m icrophones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448605-001 Display enclosure (i ncludes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 448606-001 Display bezel for use with compu ter models that are no t equipped with a cam era module (includes opening s for microphones) 448607-001 Display bezel for use with comp uter models equipped with a camera m odule (includes openings for cam era module and microphones) 448609-001 Wireless Antenna Kit for use in co mputer models with Intel processors 448609-002 Wireless Antenna Kit for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors and a WWAN module 448610-001 Display Cable Kit (includes microphones and microphone cables and camera module cable) 40 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 448615-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 448615-021 Keyboard for use in Belgium 448615-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 448615-041 Keyboard for use in Germany 448615-051 Keyboard for use in France 448615-061 Keyboard for use in Italy 448615-071 Keyboard for use in Spain 448615-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland 448615-121 Keyboard for use in French Canada 448615-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal 448615-141 Keyboard for use in Tu rkey 448615-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America 448615-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 448615-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil 448615-251 Keyboard for use in Russia 448615-281 Keyboard for use in Th ailand 448615-291 Keyboard for use in Japan 448615-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan 448615-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea 448615-B31 Keyboard for international use 448615-BB1 Keyboard fo r use in Israel 448615-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DJ1 Keyboard for use in Greece 448618-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel or AMD proces sors that are equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad, TouchPad cable, fingerpr int reader board, finger print reader board cable) 448619-001 Top cover for use only with computer mo dels with Intel processors that are not equi pped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 448621-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models with Intel or AMD processors that are equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448625-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with Intel processors equ ipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (includes thermal m aterial) 448626-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 models (includes audi o connectors, infrared l ens, and audio board cable) 448628-001 Power connector cable for use in com puter models with Intel processors 449904-001 Turion MK-38 processor (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 450096-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with Intel processors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem (includes thermal m aterial) Sequential part number listing 41
Spare part number Description 450609-001 AMD Sempron 3600 processor (2.0-GHz, 256-KB L2 cache) 450804-001 AMD Turion TL-66 proces sor (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 451131-001 HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WWAN module for u se in the United States 451312-001 Switch cover for us e on ly in c omput er mod els wi th In tel or AMD proces sors (inclu des LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451341-001 TouchPad for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 451342-001 Base enclosure for use on ly with computer models wit h Intel processors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 451343-001 Base enclosure for use on ly with computer models wit h Intel processors equipped with a WWAN modu le 451597-001 Intel Core Duo T5450 processor (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache, includes thermal material) 451598-001 Display enclosure for use onl y with computer models with Intel processors sold at Best Buy (includes log o and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 451599-001 Switch cover for use only with compu ter models with In tel process ors sold at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451600-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel proces sors sold at Best Buy 451861-291 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in Japan 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors and equipped with a WWAN module (includes camera modu le, camera module cable, microphones, and WL AN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors sold at Best Buy (includes camera module, camera module cable, microphones, and WL AN transceivers and antenna cables) 451907-001 Display bezel for use only with computer models with Intel proc essors sold at Best Buy (includes opening s for camera module and microphones) 452050-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive for use in c omputer models with Intel proc essors (includes bezel and bracket) 452051-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mu lti Double-Layer Combo Drive for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes bezel and bracket) 452052-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Com bo Drive with LightSc ribe for use in computer m odels with Intel processors (includes bezel an d bracket) 452056-001 12-cell, 8.80-Ahr battery for use in com puter models with Intel processors 452057-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ahr battery for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors 452058-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in computer models with Intel processors 452059-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 452060-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket) for use in comp uter models with Intel processors 452061-001 1024-MB memory module (6 67-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in com puter models with Intel processors 452062-001 512-MB memory modu le (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in computer mo dels with Intel processors 452063-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module fo r use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Au stralia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Guam, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, Vietnam 42 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 452063-002 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for us e in Aruba, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Bulgaria, the Cay man Islands, Co lombia, Croatia, Cypr us, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Ge rmany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Irel and, Italy, Jordan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Malta, Monaco , Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Roma nia, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain , Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the Unit ed Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-003 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pakistan, the Peop le's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452236-001 Keyboard for use in the United States only in metal-colo red Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom only in meta l-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-051 Keyboard for use in France only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-061 Keyboard for use in Italy only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer mode ls with Intel processors 452236-071 Keyboard for use in S pain only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer mo dels with Intel processors 452236-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland only in metal-co lored Special Edition computer models with Intel processors 452236-131 Keyboard for use in Portu gal only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel proces sors 452236-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey only in metal-colored Special Edition co mputer models with Intel processors 452236-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America only in met al-colore d Special Edition computer models with Intel pro cessors 452236-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with In tel processors 452236-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil only in metal-colored Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-281 Keyboard for use in Thailan d only in metal-colored Special Edition com puter models with Intel processors 452236-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan only in metal-colored Sp ecial Edition computer models with Intel proces sors 452236-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea only in metal-colored Special Edition computer models with Intel process ors 452236-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sw eden only in metal-colored Special Editio n computer models with Intel processors 453298-001 AMD Turion TL-66 processor (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 453411-001 System board for use in full-featur ed dv2500 models with AMD processors not equi pped with a camera module (includes thermal material) 453412-001 System board for use in defeatur ed dv2500 models with AMD processors n ot equipped with a camera module (includes thermal material) 453414-001 512-MB memory module for use in computer mode ls with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-53 00, 1-DIMM) 453415-001 1-GB memory module for use in compu ter models with AMD processors (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1 -DIMM) 453416-001 80-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD pro cessors 453417-001 120-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 453418-001 160-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 453419-001 Hard drive hardware kit for use in computer m odels wi th AMD processors (contain s screws, hard drive bracket, and connector) 453673-001 Camera module (includes camera module bracket and 2-sided tape) 453948-001 Intel Core Duo T5250e processor (1. 50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) Sequential part number listing 43
Spare part number Description 453949-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for u se in computer models with Int el processors (includes hard drive bracket) 454321-001 Intel Celeron M 540 processor (1.86-GHz, 1-M B L2 cache) 455739-001 2048-MB memory module (6 67-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM) for use in com puter models with Intel processors 455740-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm hard drive for u se in computer models with Intel processors (includes hard drive bracket) 455804-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ahr battery for use in computer mo dels with AMD processors 455806-001 12-cell, 8.80-Ahr battery for use in com puter models with AMD process ors 455807-001 AMD Turion TL-60 proces sor (2.0-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455808-001 AMD Turion TL-55 proces sor (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 AMD Turion TL-62 proces sor (2.1-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455810-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display pan el for use in co mputer models with AMD processors (includes display panel cable) 455811-001 Display bracket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455817-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in com puter models with AMD proc essors (includes left and right display hinges, left and right display hinge covers, and display switch module) 455827-001 250-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 455828-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive for use in c omputer models with AMD proces sors (includes bezel and bracket) 455829-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double -Layer Combo Drive for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes bezel and bracket) 455830-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Su per Multi Double-Layer Com bo Drive with LightSc ribe for use in computer m odels with AMD processors (includes bezel and bracket) 455832-001 Power connector cable for use in co mputer models with AMD processors 455833-001 Power/USB bracket for use in computer models with AMD processors 455835-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with AM D processors that are not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 455838-001 TouchPad for use in computer models with AMD proc essors (includes Touch Pad br acket and TouchPad cable) 455839-001 USB board for use in computer models with In tel or AMD processors (i ncludes USB board cable) 455843-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes thermal material) 455845-001 Display hinge covers for use in computer models with AMD processors 455847-001 Modem module cable for use in com puter models with AMD processors 455849-001 Switch cover for use only in compu ter models with Intel processo rs (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 455867-001 Screw Kit for use in computer models with AMD processors 455868-001 Display Screw Kit for use in com puter models with AMD processors 457311-001 Intel Core Duo T7250 processor (2.0-G Hz, 2-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 457312-001 Intel Core Duo T7500 processor (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material) 457313-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T2310 processor ( 1.46 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 44 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 457314-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T2330 proc essor (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache; includes therma l material) 457315-001 Intel Celeron M 530 processor ( 1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457356-001 System board for u se in dv2500 computer models wi th Intel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes thermal material) 457707-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with Intel pr ocesso rs sold at Best Buy an d equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchP ad and TouchPad cable) 457796-001 Display bezel for use only with computer models equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module (includes openings fo r came ra module and microphones) 457797-001 Display enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with a WWAN module (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 458113-001 Fingerprint reader 458247-001 Intel Core Duo T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-M B L2 cache; includes thermal material) 458248-001 HP slip case 458653-001 Rubber display bezel kit for use in com puter models with AMD process ors 458655-001 Display cable for use in compu ter models with AMD processors 458657-001 Wireless Antenna Kit for us e in computer models with AMD processors 458663-001 Bluetooth module cable for u se in computer models with AMD processors 459263-001 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g module for use in Canada, Cayman Is lands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosn ia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape V e rde, Central African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Como ros, Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cy prus , Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salv ador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, In dia, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribat i, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, British Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadelo upe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Li echtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Mauritania , Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, M ozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Ne pal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papu a New Guinea, Paraguay, Peop le's Republic of China, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somal ia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suri name, Swaziland, Sweden , Switzerla nd, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Tu rkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu , Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459350-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WW AN module, including GPRS 459611-002 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors (includes hard drive bracket) 459611-003 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes hard drive bracket) 459759-001 AMD Athlon TK-57 processor (1.9-GHz, 2-M B L2 cache) 459760-001 AMD Sempron 3800 processor (2.2-G Hz, 256-KB L2 cache) Sequential part number listing 45
Spare part number Description 459765-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel process or and equipped with a WWAN module (includes audio connectors, infrar ed lens, and audio board cable) 459766-001 Top cover for use only with computer m odels with Inte l processors equipped with a fingerprint reader board and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with In tel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459797-001 Intel Core Duo T8100 processor (2.10-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459798-001 Intel Core Duo T8300 processor (2.40-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459799-001 Intel Core Duo T9300 processor (2.50-GHz proces so r, 3-MB L2 cache; includes therm al material) 459951-001 200-GB hard drive for use in computer models with AMD processors 460715-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel pr ocess ors equipped with a discrete graphics subsystem 460716-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics su bsystem 460718-001 System board for use in dv2700 models with Intel processors equippe d with a WWAN module 462353-001 Intel Dual Core T5750 2.00-GHz processor, 2- MB L2 cache; includes thermal material 462354-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T2370 1.73-GHz processor, 1-MB L2 cache; includes thermal material 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, dis play assembly for use on ly with Artist Edition computer m odels equipped with a camera module (includes camera module, microphones, and WLAN transceive rs and antenna cables) 462528-001 Display enclosure for use onl y with Artist Edition comp uter models (includes logo and WLAN wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 462529-001 Display bezel for use only with Artist Edition computer models 462530-001 Display hinge covers for use in Artist Edition com puter models 462531-001 Top cover use only with Artist Edition comput er models (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462532-001 Switch cover for use only with Artist Edition computers 462535-001 System board for use in full-featured dv2700 models with AMD processors equ ipped with a camera module 462536-001 System board for use in defeatured dv2700 models with AMD processors equipped with a camera module 462549-001 Keyboard or use in the United States on ly with Sp ecial Edition computer models with AMD processors: 462549-291 Keyboard for use in Japan only with Special Edition computer models with AMD processors: 462753-001 Keyboard for use in the United States only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom on ly in Artist Edition computer models 462753-041 Keyboard for use in Germany only in Artist Edition compu ter models 462753-051 Keyboard for use in France only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-061 Keyboard for use in Italy only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-071 Keyboard for use in Spain only in Artist Edition computer model s 462753-121 Keyboard for use in French Canada only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey only in Artist Edition computer models 46 Chapter 3 Illust rated part s catalog
Spare part number Description 462753-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia only in Artist Edition computer model s 462753-201 Keyboard for use in Brazil only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-281 Keyboard for use in Thailand only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-291 Keyboard for use in Japan only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan only in Artist Edition computer models 462753-AD1 Keyb oard for use in Sou th Korea only in Artist Editio n computer models 462753-B31 Keyboard fo r use in the Netherlan ds and Euro p e on ly in Art ist Ed ition computer mo dels 462753-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, Norway, an d Sweden only in Artist Edition computer models 463917-001 AMD Turion TL-68 processor (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463933-001 High Definition DVD-ROM and DVD± RW Drive 463971-001 Modem module for use in dv2700 models (includes modem mo dule cable) 463972-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer model s with Intel or AMD processors (includes audio connectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) 463973-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 com puter models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module (includes audio connectors, infrar ed lens, and audio board cable) 463976-001 Keyboard for use in th e United States only with white Special Edition compu ter models 465309-001 Top cover trim for use in metal-colored Special Edition computer mo dels with Intel processors 465310-001 Top cover trim for use in white Special Edition computer models 465311-001 Top cover trim for use in Artist Edition computer models 466183-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightV iew, display assembly for use onl y with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes camera modu le, microphones, and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 466184-001 Display enclosure for u se only with white Special Edit ion computer models (includes logo and WLA N wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 466185-001 Display bezel for use only with wh ite Special Edition computer models 466186-001 Display hinge covers for u se in white Special Edition computer models 466187-001 Switch cover for use only in white Special Edition comp uter models with Intel processors (includes LED board and cable and power bu tton board and cable) 466188-001 Top cover for use only in white Special Editio n computers (includes To uchPad and TouchPad cable) 466612-001 Top cover for use only with computer models with AMD processors that are sold at Best Buy and do not include fingerprint reader board (inclu des TouchPad and TouchP ad cable) 466613-001 Top cover for use only with compu ter models with AMD processors that are sold at Best Bu y and include fingerprint reader board and cable (i ncludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) Sequential part number listing 47
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and replacement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include some of the consideration s that you must keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassem bly from the computer, place the subass embly (and all accompanying screws) away from the work area t o prevent damage. Plastic parts Using excessive force during disa ssembly and reassembly can dama ge plastic parts . Use ca re when handling the plastic parts. Ap ply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. 48 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that c ables are placed in their proper locations during the reasse mbly process. Im proper cable pl acement can damage the c omputer. Cables must be handled wi th extreme care t o avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertio n. Ha ndle cables by t he connector whenever possible. In all cases, avoid bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being remo ved or replaced. Hand le flex cables with extreme care; these cables tear easily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile components that must be handled with care. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of informat ion, obser ve these precau tions: Before removing or inserting a hard drive, sh ut down the computer. If you are unsure w hether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, an d then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are discharged of stat ic electricity. While handling a drive, avoid touching the connector. Before removing a diskette dr ive or optical drive, be sure that a disk ette or disc is not in the drive and be sure that the optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives o n surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropp ing drives f rom any height onto any surface. After removing a hard drive, an op tical drive, or a disk ette drive, place it in a static-proof bag . Avoid exposing a hard drive to products that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speakers . Avoid exposing a drive to temp erature extreme s or liquids. If a drive must be ma iled, place the drive in a bubbl e pack mailer or other suit able form of protective packaging and la bel the package âFRAGILE.â Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 49
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic di scharge da mage Electronic components are sensitiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sens itivity. Networks built into man y integr ated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity fr om a finge r or other co nduc tor can destroy static-sensit ive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neither felt nor hea rd, damage may have occ urred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may n ot be affected at all and can work pe rfectly thro ughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the computer when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these pre cautions: Keep components in their electrostatic-safe co ntainers until you area ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electronic component, discharge st atic electricity by using the guidelines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electronic components as li ttle as pos sible. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostati c-sa fe container. The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Typical elect rostatic voltage le vels Relative humidity Event 10 % 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 50 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelines when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand co ntact, transport pr oducts in static-safe tube s, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive part s and assemblies with co nductive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foa m. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic belts and roller bushin gs. Be sure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is w ired to ground and that proper mat erials are selected to avoid static charging. When ground ing is not possible, use an ionize r to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these grounding wo rkstation guidelines: â Cover the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded wo rk surface and use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service tools, such as cutters, screwd rivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must dir ectly contact dissipativ e surfaces, use fixtures made only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive materia l s, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids a nd Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins , leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before in sert ing or removing connectors or test equi pment. Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 51
Equipment guidelines Grounding equipment must include either a wrist st rap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connect ed to a gr ou nded system. Wrist stra ps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snu gly against the skin at all time s. On grounded mats wi th banana-plu g connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wris t strap. â When standing, u se foot straps and a grounded floor m at. Foot straps (he el, toe, or bo ot straps) can be used at standi ng workstatio ns and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors o r dissipative floor mats, use foo t straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. To be effec tive, the conductive strip s must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equipment is reco mmended to preven t electrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protect ors â Conductive bins and other a ssembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tabletop workstations with grou nd cords of one meg ohm resistan ce â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awar eness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bag s, tubes, or b oxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and pro tective m aterials The following table lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Us e Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V 52 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Unknown user password If the computer you are servicing has an unknown user pa ssword, follow t hese step s to clear the password . NOTE: These steps a lso clear CMOS. Before disass embling the computer, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 70 ). 6 . Wait approximately 5 minutes. 7 . Replace the RT C battery and reasse mble the comput er. 8 . Connect AC power to the computer. Do no t reinsert any batteries at this time. 9 . Turn on the compute r. All passwords and all CMOS settings have been cleared. Prelimina ry replaceme nt requirements 53
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remo val and repl acement proc edures. There are as many as 95 screws, in 15 differ ent size s, that must be removed, replaced, or loos ened when servicing the computer. Make special note of ea ch sc rew size and location d uring remova l and replacement. Serial number Report the computer serial number to HP when reques ting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer. 54 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Computer feet Description Spare part number Rubber Feet Kit (includes base enclos ure rubber feet and display bezel s crew covers) 417095-001 The computer feet are adhesive- backed rubber pads. The feet attach to the base enclosure in the locations illus trated b elow. Component replacement procedures 55
Battery Description Spare part number For use in comput er models with Int el or AMD processors: 6-cell, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 441611-001 For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: 12-cell, 8.80-Ah Li-ion battery 452056-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery 452057-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: 12-cell, 8.80-Ah 455806-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah 455804-001 Before disasse mbling the compute r, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. Remove the battery: 1 . Turn the computer up side down on a flat surface. 2 . Slide the battery release latch (1) to re lease the computer. 3 . Pivot the battery (2) upward and remove it from the computer. To insert the battery, insert the re ar edge of the battery into the batt ery bay and pivot the front edge downward until the battery is seated. The battery rele ase latch automatically lock s the battery into place. 56 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Camera module If it has been determined that the camera module is the component that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to b e r e m o v e d . F o l l o w t h e p r o c e d u r e s i n t h i s s e c t i o n to replace the ca mera module . Fo r information on replacing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see Display assembly on page 82 . Description Spare part number Camera module (includes camera module bracket an d 2-sided tape) 453673-001 Before removing the camera module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the camera module: 1 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 2 . Open the computer as far as it will open. 3 . Remove the four rubber s crew covers (1) on the display bezel top ed ge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in the Rubber Fe et Kit, spare part number 417095-00 1. 4 . Remove the four Philli ps PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the display bezel top edge to the display assembly. 5 . Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides (1) and the top edge (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disengag es from the display enclosure. Component replacement procedures 57
6 . Release the displa y bezel top edge (3) . Display bezels are available using the foll owing spare part numbers: â 448607-001 (f or use only with compu ter models that are equip ped with a camer a module; includes openings for came ra module and microphones) â 448606-001 (for use o nly with comp uter models no t equipped with a camera module; i ncludes openings for microphones) â 451907-001 (for use o nly with c omputer models with Intel processors sold at Bes t Buy; incl udes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and mic rophones) â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (f or use onl y with compu ter model s equipp ed with a ca mera module and a WWAN module; includes openings for camera module and microphones) 7 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 4.0 scr ew (1) that secures the camera modu le assembly to the display enclosure. 8 . Release the camera module assembly (2) from the display enclosure as far as the came ra module cable allows. 58 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
9 . Disconnect the camera m odule cable (3) from the camera module. 10 . Turn the camera module assembly upside down. 11 . Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure th e camera mo dule to the camera module bracket. 12 . Remove the camera module (2) from the bracket. Reverse this procedure to ins tall the camera module. Display inverter If it has been determined that the display inverter is the component that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to b e r e m o v e d . F o l l o w t h e p r o c e d u r e s i n t h i s s e c t i o n to replace the di splay invert er. For inf ormation on replacing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see Display assembly on page 82 . Description Spare part number Display inverter (includes 2-sided tape) 417097-001 Component replacement procedures 59
Before removing the display inverter, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the display inverter: 1 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 2 . Open the computer as far as it will o pen. 3 . Remove the two rubber screw covers (1 ) on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber screw covers are included in the Ru bber Feet Kit, spare part number 417095- 001. 4 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.5Ã9. 0 screw s (2) that secure the display bezel bottom edge to the display assembly. 5 . Flex the inside edges o f the left and right sides (1) and the bottom edge (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disenga ges from the disp lay enclosure. 6 . Release the display bezel bottom edge (3) . Disp lay bezels are available using the following spare part numbers:. â 448607-001 (fo r use only with compu ter mo dels equipped with a camera module; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 448606-001 (for use o nly with comp uter models no t equipped with a camera module; i ncludes openings for microphones) â 451907-001 (for use o nly with c omputer models with Intel processors sold at Bes t Buy; incl udes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and mic rophones) 60 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module; includes openings fo r camera module and microphones) 7 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (1) that secure the display inverter to the display enclosure. 8 . Release the disp lay inverter (2) from the display enclosure as far as the display panel cable and the backlight cable allow. 9 . Disconnect the display panel cable (3) and the backlight cable (4) from the display inverter. 10 . Remove the display inverter. Reverse this procedure to install the display inverter. Hard drive NOTE: All hard drive spare part kits include a hard drive bracket. Component replacement procedures 61
Description Spare part number For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-003 250-GB, 5400-rpm 453949-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm 455740-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 452060-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 452059-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm 452058-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: 320-GB, 5400-rpm 459611-002 250-GB, 5400-rpm 455827-001 200-GB, 4200-rpm 459951-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 453418-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 453417-001 80-GB, 5400-rpm 453416-001 Hard drive hardware kit (contains screws, hard drive bracket, an d connector) 453419-001 Before removing the hard drive, follow these step s: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the hard drive: 1 . Position the computer with the front toward you. 2 . Loosen the two Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screws (1) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer. 62 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Lift the left side of the hard drive cover (2) , swing it to right, and remo ve the cover. The hard drive cover is included in the Door/Cover Kit, spare pa rt number 417073 -001. 4 . Remo ve the two black Phil lips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) that secure the hard drive to the computer. 5 . Use the Mylar tab (2) to lift the hard drive (3) until it disconnects from the co mputer. 6 . Remove the hard drive from the hard drive bay. 7 . If it is nec essary to replace th e hard drive bra cket, remove the four Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. Component replacement procedures 63
8 . Lift the bracket (2) straight up to remove it from t he hard drive. Reverse this procedure to reasse mble and install the hard drive. 64 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
WLAN module Description Spare part number 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN mod ules: For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Ar gentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Ba rbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colo mbia, Costa Rica , the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Ta iwan, Uruguay, the United Stat es, Venezuela, and Vietnam 441086-001 For use in Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgiu m, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, Fran ce, Georgia, Germany, Gr eece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechten stein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Malta, Mo naco, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sout h Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 441086-002 For use in Australia, New Zealand, Pakistan, th e People's R epublic of China, and South Korea 441086-003 For use in Japan 441086-291 For use in South Korea 441086-AD1 802.11a/b/g WLA N modules: For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Au stralia, the Bahamas, Barbados, Brunei, Canada, Chile, the Dominican Repu blic, Gu am, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, the United States, and Vietnam 452063-001 For use in Aruba, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Bermuda, Braz il, Bulgaria, the Cayman Islands, Colombia, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Re public, Denmark, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, German y, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ir eland, Italy, Jordan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithu ania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monac o, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Norway, Oman, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sr i Lanka, Sweden , Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and Uzbekistan 452063-002 For use in Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras, Pakistan, the People's Republic of China, Peru, Qatar, South Korea, Uruguay, and Venezuela 452063-003 For use in Japan 451861-291 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Thailand 409407-004 Broadcom 4311AG 8 02.11a/b/g modu les: For use in the United States and Canada 441075-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua & Barbu da, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Ben in, Bermuda, Bhuta n, Bolivia, Bo snia & Herzegovina Botswa na, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Bru nei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Co moros, the Congo, Cos ta Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republic, Denmark, D jibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Esto nia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finlan d, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Ka zakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Ma li, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Mon aco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Palau , Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, 441075-002 Component replacement procedures 65
Description Spare part number Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Sin gapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, S omalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazil and, Sweden, Switzer land, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ugan da, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe For use in Japan 441075-291 Broadcom 802.11b/ g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 441090-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, An gola, Antigu a & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Fas o, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Co moros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denm ark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, E sto nia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Biss au, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Ko ng, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, L esotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembou rg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia , Monaco, Mongol ia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Neth er A ntilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pa lau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, P oland, Portugal , Qatar, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Sin gapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, S omalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swazil and, Sweden, Switzer land, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ugan da, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uz bekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 441090-002 For use in Japan 441090-291 802.11n WLAN modules: For use in the United States and Canada 436255-001 For use in the Argentina, Australia, Belize, Bolivi a, Brazil, Chile, Columbia , Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Hong Kong, In donesia, Nicaragua, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailan d, Uruguay, Venezuela 436256-001 For use in Japan 436256-291 Broadcom BCM4312 WLAN b/g modules: For use in Canada, Cayman Island s, Guam, Puerto Rico, the United States, and the Virgin Islands 459263-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, An gola, Antigu a & Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Be larus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina, Faso Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Ce ntral African Republic, Chad, Zaire, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Gu inea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivor y Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait , Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho, Liberia, Martinique, 459263-002 66 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Description Spare part number British Virgin Islands, French Guiana, Guadelo upe, Nether Antilles, Aruba, Bermuda, Syria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Mau ritania, Maurit ius, Mexico, Mic ronesia, Monaco, Mo ngolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Nam ibia, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan , Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, People's Republic of China, Peru, Ph ilippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome & Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Se ychelles, Sie rra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sol omon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St . Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzan ia, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey , Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Urug uay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezu ela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia, and Zimbabwe CAUTION: To prevent an unrespons ive system, replace th e wireless module o nly with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the government al agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then cont act tec hnical support through Help and Support. Before removing the WLA N module, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the WLAN module: 1 . Position the computer wi th the front toward you. 2 . Loosen the Phillips PM 2.0Ã5.0 captive screw (1) that secures the wirele ss module compartment cover to the computer . Component replacement procedures 67
3 . Lift the right edge of the wi reless module compartment cover (2) , swing it to the left, and remove the cover. The wirele ss module compa rtment cover is in cluded in the Door/Cover Kit, spare part number 417073-001. 4 . Disconnect the WLAN antenna cables (1) from the WLAN module. NOTE: The blac k WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ ter minal. NOTE: Computer models equipped with an 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN m odule will have an additional wireless antenna cable (2) , yellow in color. 5 . Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 scr ews (3) that secure the WLAN mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the m odule oppo site the slot rises away from the compute r.) 6 . Remove the WLAN module (4) by pulling it away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WLAN modules are designed with a notch (5) to prevent incorrect installation into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a WLAN module. 68 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
SIM NOTE: This sec tion applies only to c omputer mode ls with WWAN capa bility. NOTE: If there is a SIM inserted in the SIM slot, it mu st be removed before di sassembling the comput er. Be sure that the SIM is reinserted in th e SIM slot after reass embling the comput er. Before removing the SIM, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the SIM: 1 . Press in on the SIM (1) . (The module is partially ejected from the SIM slot.) 2 . Remove the SIM (2) from the SIM slot. Reverse this procedure to install the SIM. Component replacement procedures 69
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC battery and leaving it uninsta lled for 5 or mor e minute s causes all passwords and CMOS settings to be cleared. Description Spare part number RTC battery (includes 2-sided tape) 417076-001 Before removing the RTC battery, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the har d drive cover (see Hard drive on page 61 ). Remove the RTC bat tery: 1 . Disconnect the RTC batt ery cable (1) from the system board. 2 . Remove the RTC battery (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. 70 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Memory module Description Spare part number For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: 2048-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 455739-001 1024-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 452062-001 512-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 452061-001 For use in computer models wit h AMD processors: 2048-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 448151-002 1024-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 453415-001 512-MB (667-MHz, PC2-5300, 1-DIMM ) 453414-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the memory module: 1 . Position the computer wi th the front toward you. 2 . Loos en the two Phi llips PM2.0Ã5. 0 captive scr ews (1) that secure the memory module compartment cover to the computer. 3 . Lift the right side of the cover (2 ) , swing it to the left, and remove the cover. The memory module compartment co ver is i ncluded in the Door/Cover Kit, spa re part number 417073-001. Component replacement procedures 71
4 . Spread the retaining tabs (1) on each side of the memory module slot to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises away from the compute r.) 5 . Remove the module (2 ) by pulling it away from the slot a t an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are designed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect installati on into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a memory module. 72 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Optical drive NOTE: All optical drive spare part kits include an optical drive bezel. Description Spare part number For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 452052-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 452051-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo D rive 452050-001 High Definition DVD-ROM an d DVD±RW Driv e 463933-001 For use in computer models wit h AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-L ayer Combo Drive with LightScribe 455830-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Mult i Double-Layer Combo Drive 455829-001 DVD/CD-RW Combo D rive 455828-001 Before removing the op tical drive , follow these step s: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the optical drive: 1 . Position the computer with right side toward you. 2 . Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3 . Insert a t hin tool, such as a paper clip (2) , into the release access. (The optical drive media tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) Component replacement procedures 73
4 . Use the media tray frame to remove the optical drive (3) . 5 . If it is necessary to replace the optical drive brac ket, po sition the optical drive with the optical drive bracket toward you. 6 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.0Ã3. 0 screw s (1) that secure the optical dr ive bracket to the optical drive. 7 . Remove the optical drive bracket (2) . Reverse the above procedur e to reasse mble and install the optical drive. Keyboard Countries or regions Spare part number Countries or regions Spare part number Keyboards for use in basic computer models: Belgium 448615-021 Portugal 448615-131 Brazil 448615-201 Russia 448615-251 Canadian French 448615-121 Saudi Arabia 448615-171 74 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Countries or regions Spare part number Countries or regions Spare part number Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 448615-DH1 South Korea 448615-AD1 France 448615-051 Spain 448615-071 Germany 448615-041 Switzerland 448615-111 Greece 448615-DJ1 Taiwan 44 8615-AB1 Israel 448615-BB1 Thailand 448615-281 Italy 4 48615-061 Turkey 448615-14 1 Japan 44861 5-291 The United Kingdom 448615-031 Latin America 4 48615-161 The United States 448615-001 The Netherlands and Europe 448615-B31 Keyboards for use only in metal-colo red Special Edition computer models with Intel processors: Brazil 452236-201 Spain 452236-071 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 452236-DH1 Switzerland 452236-111 France 452236-051 Taiwan 45 2236-AB1 Italy 4 52236-061 Thailand 452236-281 Latin America 4 52236-161 Turkey 452236-14 1 Portugal 452236-131 The United Kingdom 452236-031 Saudi Arabia 452236-171 The United States 452236-001 South Korea 452236-AD1 Keyboards for use only with Artist Edition compute r models: Brazil 462753-201 Portugal 462753-13 1 Canadian French 462753-121 Saudi Arabia 462753-171 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 462753-DH1 South Korea 462753-AD1 France 462753-051 Spain 462753-071 Germany 462753-041 Taiwan 46 2753-AB1 Italy 4 62753-061 Thailand 462753-281 Japan 46275 3-291 Turkey 462753-141 Latin America 4 62753-161 The United Kingdom 462753-031 The Netherlands and Europe 462753-B31 The United States 462753-001 Keyboard fo r use in t he United States only wit h white Specia l Edition co mputer models 463976-001 Keyboards for use only with Specia l Edition computer models wit h AMD processors: Japan 462549-291 The United States 462549-001 Component replacement procedures 75
Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). Remove the keyboard: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n , with the front toward you. 2 . Remove the three Phillips PM2. 5Ã 7.0 screws that secure th e keyboard to the computer. 3 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 4 . Open the computer as far as po ssible. 5 . Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (1) until it rests at an angle. 6 . Release the keyboard (2) by sliding it back to disengage the tabs on the front edge of the keyboard from the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
7 . Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (3) and swing it forward until it rests on the pa lm rest. 8 . Release the zero insertio n force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the ke yboard cable is attached and disconnect the keyboard ca ble (2) from the system board. 9 . Remove the keyboard. Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard. Component replacement procedures 77
WWAN module CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN mo dule are not interchangeable. Description Spare part number HP ev2210 1xEVDO-A WW AN module for use in the United States 451131-001 HP UMTS/HSDPA/EDGE WWAN mo dule, including GPRS 459350-001 CAUTION: To prevent an unr esponsive system, replace the wirele ss module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmen tal agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you repl ace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical su pport through Help and Support. Before removing the WWAN module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the SI M (see SIM on page 69 ). 6 . Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ). Remove the WWAN module: 1 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.0Ã3. 0 screw s (1) that secure the WWAN mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises away from the compute r.) 2 . Disconnect the WWAN antenna cables (2) from the terminals on the WWAN module. NOTE: The red WWAN antenna cable is connected to the WWAN module âMainâ terminal. The blue WWAN antenna cable is c onnected to the WWAN module âAux â terminal. 78 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the WWAN module (3) by pulling the module aw ay from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WWAN modules are designed with a notch to prevent incorrect installation. Reverse this procedure to ins tall the WWAN module. Switch cover Description Spare part number For use only in computer models wi th Intel processors: Switch cover (includes LED board and c able and power button board and cable) 451312-001 Switch cover for use only wit h computer models so ld at Best Buy (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 451599-001 Switch cover for use only with white Special Edit ion computer models (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 466187-001 Switch cover for use only with Artist Edition computers (includes LED board and cable and power button board and cable) 462532-001 For use only in computer models with AMD processo rs: Switch cover (includes LED board an d cable and power button board and cable) 455849-001 Before removing the switch cover, follo w these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ). Component replacement procedures 79
Remove the switch cover: 1 . Remove the three Philli ps PM2.5Ã9.0 screws (1) and the silv er Philli ps PM2. 5Ã5.0 scr ew (2) that secure the switch cover to the computer. 2 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 3 . Open the computer as far as po ssible. 4 . Disconnect the power bu tton board c able (1) from the system bo ard. 5 . Release the ZIF connect or to which the LED board c able (2) is connected and disconnect the cable from the system board. 6 . Lift the front edge of the switch cover (1) to disengage it from the computer. 7 . Release the switch cover (2) by sliding it to the right until it disen gages from the computer. 80 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
8 . Remove the switch cover (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the switch cover. Component replacement procedures 81
Display assembly Description Spare part number 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, display assembly for use only with computer models equipped with a camera module (includes camera module, micropho nes, and WLAN trans cei vers and antenna cables) 448604-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly fo r use only with computer models not equipped with a camera module (includes microphones and WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 448603-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, Bright View, display assembly for use only with comput er models sold at Best Buy (includes camera module, microphones, an d WLAN transceivers and antenna cables) 451906-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use on ly with computer models with Intel processors and equipped with a WW AN module (includes camera mo dule, camera module cable, microphones, and WLAN transc eivers and antenna cables) 451905-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use only with Artist Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes micropho nes, and WLAN transcei vers and antenna cables) 462527-001 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView, displ ay assembly for use on ly with white Special Edition computer models equipped with a camera module (includes microphones, and WLAN trans ceivers and antenna cables) 466183-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Disconnect the wireless antenna ca bles from the WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 65 ). 6 . Remove the followin g components: a . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) b . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) Remove the display assembly: 1 . Close the comput er and turn it ups ide down, with the rear panel toward you. 82 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
2 . Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 sc rew that secures the display assembl y to the computer. 3 . Turn the computer display-side up, with the front toward you. 4 . Open the display as far as possible. 5 . Disconnect the fo llowing cables: (1) Display panel cable (2) Camera module cable (3) Microphone cable 6 . Remove the camera module, micr ophone, and wireless antenna cables from the hole in the s ystem board and the routing cha nnels (4) built into the top cover. CAUTION: The display assembly will be unsupported wh en the following screws are remo ved. To prevent damag e to the display as sembly, su pport it before removing the screws. 7 . Remo ve the two black Phil lips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) and t he two Phillip s PM2. 5Ã7.0 scr ews (2 ) that secure the display as sembly to the computer. Component replacement procedures 83
8 . Remove the display assembly (3) . 9 . If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or any of t he display assembly internal components, remove the following sc rew covers and screws: (1) Four rubber screw covers on the display bezel top edge. The display rubber screw covers a re included in the Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 417095-001. (2) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge (3) Four Phi llips PM 2.5Ã5.0 screws on the display b ezel top edg e (4) Two Phil lips PM2. 5Ã9.0 sc rews on the di splay bez el bottom edge 10 . Flex the inside ed ges of the left and right sides (1) and the top and bottom side s (2) of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. 11 . Remove the display bezel (3) . Display bezels are available using the following spare par t numbers: â 448607-001 (fo r use only with compu ter models equi pped with a camera modu le) â 448606-001 (o r use only with co mputer mod els not equi pped wi th a camera modul e) 84 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
â 451907-001 (for use only with computer models wi th Intel processors sold at Best Buy; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 462529-001 (for use only with Artist Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 466185-001 (for use only with white Special Edition computer models; includes openings for camera module and microphones) â 457796-001 (for use only with computer mo dels equipped with a camera module and a WWAN module; includes openings fo r camera module and microphones) NOTE: See Camera module on page 57 for camera modu le replacement inst ructions. See Display inverter on page 59 for display inverter replacement instructions. 12 . If it is necessary to replace the display hing es, remove the two Phi llips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to the display panel. The displa y hinges and display h inge covers ar e available using sp are part numb er 430473-001 for computer s with Intel proc essors or 45 5817-001 for computers with AMD proce ssors. 13 . Remove the display hinges (2) . 14 . Remove the display hinge covers (3) by sliding them off of the display hinges. Component replacement procedures 85
15 . Remove the display panel from the display enclosure. The display panel is available using spare part number 448602 -001 for computers w ith Intel processors , 448602-0 02 for co mputers wi th an Inte l processor and a WWAN module, and 455810-00 1 for computers with AMD processors. 16 . If it is necessary to re place the wi reless ante nna transceivers and cables, remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (1) that secures each transceiver to the display enclosure. The wireles s antenna transceivers and cables are includ ed in the Wi reless Antenna Kit, spare part number 448609-001 for compute rs with Intel pr ocessors, 448609-002 fo r computers wi th Intel processo rs and a WWAN module, and 458657 -001 for computers w ith AMD processors. 17 . Remove the wireless antenna cab les from the clips (2) built into the display enclosure. 18 . Detach the wireless antenna transceivers (3) from the disp lay enclosure. 19 . Remove the wirele ss antenna transceivers and cables (4) from th e display encl osure. 20 . If it is necessary to replace the microphones and cabl es, release t he retention tabs (1 ) built into the display enclosure that secure the microphone cables to the display enclosu re. The microphones and cables are included in the Display Cabl e Kit, spare part number 448610-001. 21 . Remove the microphone receivers (2) from the clips in the display enclosure. 86 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
22 . Remove the microphone cables (3) from the display enclosure. 23 . If it is necessary to repl a ce the camera module cable, release the retention tabs (1) built into the display enclos ure that secure the came ra module cable to the di splay enclosure. Th e camera module cable is included in the Display Cabl e Kit, spare par t number 448610 -001. 24 . Remove the camera module cable (2) from the display enclosure. Reverse this procedu re to reassemble and install the display assembly . Top cover Description Spare part number For use in computer models wit h Intel or AMD processors: Equipped with a fingerprint reader (i ncludes TouchPad, TouchP ad cable, fingerprint re ader board, fingerprint reader board cable) 448618-001 For use in computer models wi th Intel process ors: Not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 448619-00 1 Sold at Best Buy (inc lude s TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 451600-001 Sold at Best Buy and equipped with a fingerpr int reader (includes Touc hPad and TouchPad cable) 457707-001 Equipped with a WWAN module (inc ludes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459767-001 Equipped with a fingerprint reader board and a WWAN module (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 459766-001 Component replacement procedures 87
Description Spare part number On Artist Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 462531-001 On white Special Edition computers (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable) 466188-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: Not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes T ouchPad and TouchPad cable) 455835-001 Sold at Best Buy and not equipped with a fingerprint reader board 466612-001 Sold at Best Buy and equ ipped with a fingerprint reader board and cable 466613-001 Before re moving the top cover, f ollow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) Remove the top cover: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n , with the front toward you. 88 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
2 . Remove the seven Phillips PM2. 5Ã9.0 screws that secure th e top cover to the computer. 3 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.0Ã3.0 sc rews (1) and the three Phillip s PM2.0Ã 4.0 screws (2) that secure the top cover to the computer. 4 . Turn the computer right-side up, with the front toward you. Component replacement procedures 89
5 . Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the TouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the c able (2) from on the system board. 6 . Remove the followin g screws: (1) One Phillips PM2.5x5.0 screw (2) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws (3) One Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw 90 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
7 . Lift the front edge of the top cover and remove it. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement procedures 91
TouchPad Description Spare part number TouchPad for use with computer m odels with Intel processors (includes TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 451341-001 TouchPad for use with computer m odels with AMD processors (includ es TouchPad bracket and TouchPad cable) 455838-001 Before removing the Touc hPad, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the TouchPad: 1 . Turn the top cover upside down , with the front toward you. 2 . Remov e the fi ve Philli ps PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad bracket to the top cover. 92 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the TouchPad bracket (2) and TouchP ad board (3) from the top cover. 4 . Remo ve the Phillip s PM2.0Ã 2.0 screw (1) that secures the TouchPad board to the TouchPad bracket. 5 . Remove the Tou chPad bo ard (2) from the TouchPad bracket. Reverse the above procedure to re assemble and install the TouchPad. Component replacement procedures 93
Wireless switch board Description Spare part number Wireless switch board (includes wireless s witch board cable) 417 092-001 Before removing the wireless sw itch boar d, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the wire less switch boar d: 1 . Disconnect the wireless s witch board ca ble (1) from the system bo ard. 2 . Remov e the two Philli ps PM2.0Ã 3.0 screws (2) that secure the wireless sw itch board to the co mputer. 94 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
3 . Remove the wireless switch board (3) . Reverse the above proc edure to in st all the wireless switch board. Modem module Description Spare part number Modem module for use in dv2500 mode ls (includes modem module cable) 43 1852-001 Modem module for use in dv270 0 models (includes modem module cable) 463971-001 Before removing the modem module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the following components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 73 ) d . Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Component replacement procedures 95
Remove the modem module: 1 . Disconnect the modem module cable (1) from the modem module. 2 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.0Ã 6.0 scr ew (2) that secures the modem mo dule to the system board. 3 . Lift up on the front of the modem module (3) to disconnect it from the system board. 4 . Remove the modem module. Reverse the above procedur e to install the modem module. 96 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Audio board Description Spare part number Audio board for use in dv2500 models (includes au dio con nectors, infrared lens, and audio board cable) 448626-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer models with Intel or AMD processors 463972-001 Audio board for use in dv2700 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module 463973-001 Audio board for use in dv2500 computer models with an Intel processor and equipped with a WWAN module 459765-001 Before removi ng the audio boa rd, follow these ste ps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the following components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 73 ) d . Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the a udio boar d: 1 . Release the ZIF co nnector to which the au dio board cable is connected and d isconnect the cable (1) from the system boar d. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (2) that secure the audio board to the computer. 3 . Release the audio board (3) by sliding it back until the aud io connectors dise ngage from the base enclosure. Component replacement procedures 97
4 . Remove th e audio boar d (4) . Reverse the above procedur e to install the audio board. Bluetooth module Description Spare part number Bluetooth module (includes Bluet ooth module cable) 397923-002 Before removing the Bluetooth module, fo llow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . WLAN cover (see WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) h . Audio board (see Audio board on page 97 ) 98 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement proced ures
Remove the Bluetooth module: 1 . Disconnect the Bluetooth module cable (1) from the system board. Th e Bluetooth module cable is included in the Bluetooth module spare part kit an d is also available in the Cable Kit, spare part number 417075-00 1. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.0Ã3.0 sc rews (2) that secure the Bluetoot h module to the computer. 3 . Remove the Bluetooth module (3) . Reverse the above procedure to install the Blu etooth module. Component replacement procedures 99
USB board Description Spare part number USB board for use in computer models with Intel processors (includes USB board cable) 417085-001 USB board for use in computer models with Int el or AMD processors (inclu des USB board cable) 455 839-001 Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the USB board: 1 . Disconnect the USB board cable (1) from the system board. The USB board c able and num lock light cable are includ ed in the USB bo ard spare part k i t and are also available in the Cable Kit, spare part numb er 417075-001 . 2 . Remove the num lock light cable (2) from the clip in the base enclosure. 3 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 4.0 scr ew (3) that secures the USB boar d to the computer. 100 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Lift the USB board (4) straight up to remove it from the computer. Reverse this proc edure to install the USB board. Component replacement procedures 101
Speaker assembly Description Spare part number Speaker assembly 417089-001 Before removing the speaker assembly, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the speaker assembly: 1 . Disconnect the speaker cable (1) from the system bo ard. 2 . Remov e the t wo Phill ips PM 2.5Ã4. 0 screw s (2) that secure the speaker assembly to the computer. 102 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3 . Lift the speakers (3) straight up to remove them from the computer. Reverse this procedure to install the speaker assembly. Component replacement procedures 103
Display switch modul e NOTE: The display switch module is included in the Display Hinge Kit, spar e part numbe r 430473-001 for computers with Intel processors, 455817 - 001 for computers with AMD processo rs. Before removing the display sw itch module, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Wireless module comp artme nt cover (s ee WLAN module on page 65 ) c . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) d . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) e . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) f . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) g . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) Remove the display s witch modul e: 1 . Turn the computer upside dow n with the front toward you. 2 . Remove th e two silver Ph illips PM2.5 Ã5.0 screws that secure the to p cover trim to the co mputer. 3 . Turn the computer right-s ide up with the front toward you. 104 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Remove the top cover trim from the computer. The to p cover trim is included in the Door/Cover K it, spare part number 417073-001 for basic models, as well as using spare part number 430466-001 for computers with Intel processors and a Web ca m, 465309-0 01 for metal- colored Special Edi tion models with In tel processors, 4653 10-001 for wh ite Special Edition models, and 465 311-001 for Artist Edition models. 5 . Disconnect the displa y switch module cable (1) from the system board. 6 . Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw (2) that secures the display swit ch module to the computer. 7 . Remove the display switch module (3) fro m the computer. Reverse this procedure to inst all the display switch module. Component replacement procedures 105
System board NOTE: All system board spare part kits includ e replacement thermal material. Description Spare part number For use in comp uter models with Intel proces sors: On dv2500 models equipped with a discrete graph ics subsystem 448596-001 On dv2500 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 448598-001 On dv2500 models equipped with a WWAN module 457356-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a discrete graph ics subsystem 460715-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem 460716-001 On dv2700 models equipped with a WWAN module 460718-001 For use in comp uter models with AMD process ors: In full-featured dv2500 m odels not equipped with a camera module 453411-001 In defeatured dv2500 models not equipped with a camera module 453412-001 In full-featured dv2700 m odels equipped with a camera module 462535-001 In defeatured dv2700 models equipped with a camera module 462536-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) 106 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 70 ) â Memory modules (see Memory module on page 71 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 65 ) â Modem module (see Modem module on page 95 ) Remove the system board: 1 . Disconnect the powe r connector cable (1) from the system board. 2 . Remove the two Phillips P M2.5Ã5.0 sc rews (2) that secure the system board to the computer. 3 . Use the opt ical drive connector (1) to lift the right side of the syst em board until it rests a t an angle. 4 . Release the system board (2) by sliding it to the right at an angl e until the connectors on the left side of the system board disengage from t he base enclosure. 5 . Remove the system board (3) . Component replacement procedures 107
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system boa rd: â ExpressCard assembly (see ExpressCard assembly on page 109 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 112 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 115 ) Reverse the preceding procedure to install the system board. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable for use in computer models with Intel processors 448628-001 Power connector cable for use in comput er models with AMD processors 430462-001 Before removing the po wer connector cable, fol low these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the power connector cable: 1 . Remov e the Ph illip s PM2.5Ã 5.0 scr ew (1) that secures the connector frame to the base enclosure. 108 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2 . Remove the connector frame (2) from the base e nclosure. 3 . Remove the power connector (1) from the connector frame. 4 . Remove the modem connector (2) from the connector frame. Reverse this proc edure to install the power c onnector cable and mod em cable. ExpressCard assembly Description Spare part number ExpressCard assembly 417112-001 Before removing the Express Card assembly, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn th e computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power co rd from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement procedures 109
4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the ExpressCar d assembly: 1 . Lift the insulation material (1) from the sy stem board to expose the ExpressCard assembly rear screws. 2 . Remov e the four Ph illips PM 2.0Ã6.0 sc rews (2 ) that secure the ExpressCard assembly to the system board. 3 . Turn the system board right-side up with the front toward you. 110 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4 . Remove the ExpressCard asse mbly from the system boar d. Reverse this pro cedure to install the ExpressCar d assembly. Component replacement procedures 111
Fan/heat sink assembly Description Spare part number Fan/heat sink assembly for computer models wi th Intel processors equipped with a UMA graphics subsystem (includes t hermal material) 448625-001 Fan/heat sink assembly fo r use only with comput er models with Intel processors equipped with a WWAN module (includes th ermal material) 450096-001 Fan/heat sink assembly fo r use only with com put er models with AMD processo rs (includes therma l material) 455843-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer, allow at le as t a 7.6-cm (3-inch) cl earance on the right side and rear panel of t he computer. The computer uses an electric fan for ventilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high exte rnal temperatures, system power consumption, p ower management/battery conser vation configurations, battery fast charging, and software requirements. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation gr ill located on the left side of the co mputer. Before removing the fan/heat si nk assembly, fo llow these steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: 1 . Turn the system boar d upside do wn with the front toward you. 112 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2 . Disconnect the fan cable from the system board. 3 . Turn the system board upside down with the external monito r port toward you. 4 . Loos en the fo ur Phillip s PM2.0Ã 13.0 cap tive screw s (1) that secu re the fan/heat sink assemb ly to the syst em board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the thermal material loca ted between the fan/heat sink assembly and system board com ponents, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach the assembly. 5 . Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink assembly (1) and (2) , and (3) , the syst em board components (4) and (6) , and the processo r (5) each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. Therma l pads and thermal paste must be installed on al l surfaces before the fan/heat sink a ssembly is rein stalled. Thermal pads and thermal past e are included with all fan/ heat sink asse mbly, system board, and processo r spare part kits . Component replacement procedures 113
NOTE: The fan/heat sink assembly mounting bracket mu st be replaced as shown in the following illustration when installing the fan/heat sink assembly. The fan/heat sink assembly mounti ng bracket is available using spare part number 417114-001. Reverse this procedur e to install the fan/heat sink assembly. 114 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Processor NOTE: All processor spare part kits include thermal material. Description Spare part number Intel processo rs: Core Duo T9300 (2.50-GHz, 6-MB L2 cach e) 459799-001 Core Duo T8300 (2.40-GHz, 3-MB L2 cach e) 459798-001 Core Duo T8100 (2.10-GHz, 3-MB L2 cach e) 459797-001 Core Duo T7700 (2.40-GHz, 4-MB L2 cach e) 448148-001 Core Duo T7500 (2.20-GHz, 4-MB L2 cach e) 457312-001 Core Duo T7250 (2.0-GHz, 2-MB L2 cache) 457311-001 Core Duo T5750 (2.00-GHz, 2GB L2 cach e) 462353-001 Core Duo T5550 (1.83-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 458247-001 Core Duo T5450 (1.67-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 451597-001 Core Duo T5250e (1.50-GHz, 2-MB L2 cach e) 453948-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2370 (1.73 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 462354-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2330 (1.60 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457314-001 Pentium Dual-Core T2310 (1.46 GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457313-001 Celeron M 540 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 454321-001 Celeron M 530 (1.73-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 457315-001 AMD processors: Turion TL-68 (2.4-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 463917-001 Turion TL-66 (2.3-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 450804-001 and 453298-001 Turion TL-62 (2.1-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455809-001 Turion TL-60 (2.0-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455807-001 Turion TL-58 (1.9-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 448561-001 Turion TL-55 (1.86-GHz, 1-MB L2 cache) 455808-001 Turion MK-38 (2.2-GHz, 512-MB L2 cache) 449904-001 Athlon TK-57 (1.9-GHz, 2-GB L2 cache) 459759-001 Sempron 3800 (2.2-GHz, 256 -KB L2 cache) 459760-001 Sempron 3600 (2.0-GHz, 256 -KB L2 cache) 450609-001 Component replacement procedures 115
Before removing the proc essor, follow thes e steps: 1 . Shut down the computer. If yo u are unsure whether the compute r is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the o perating system. 2 . Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3 . Disconnect the power from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the computer. 4 . Remove the battery (see Battery on page 56 ). 5 . Remove the followin g components: a . Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 61 ) b . Optical drive (see Optical d rive on pag e 73 ) c . Keyboard (se e Keyboard on page 74 ) d . Switch cover (see Switch cover on page 79 ) e . Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 82 ) f . Top cover (see Top cover on page 87 ) g . System board (see System board on pag e 106 ) h . Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 112 ) Remove the processor: 1 . Turn the processor locking screw (1) one-half turn counterclock wise until you hear a click. 2 . Lift the processor (2) straight up and remove it. NOTE: The gold triangle (3) on the processor must be aligned with the triangle icon (4) embossed on the processor socket when you install the processor. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. 116 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP mu st repair this equipment. All troubleshooting and repair procedures are detailed to allow repair at only the subass embly or module level. Because of the complexity of the individual board s and subass emblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component leve l or modify any printed wiri ng board. Imprope r repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of comp onent replaceme nt or printed wirin g board modifi cation may void any warr anty or exchange allowances. Starting the Setup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM-based in formation and customization utility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working or will not l oad. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (select models only) doe s not work when accessing the Setup Utili ty. The utility reports information about the computer and provides settings for star tup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: 1 . Turn on or restart the computer. 2 . Before Windows opens and while âPress <F10> to en te r setupâ is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen, pres s f10 . Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the la nguage of the Setup U tili ty. If the Setup Ut ility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is al ready running, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <f10 > to enter setupâ is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then press enter . 3 . Press f5 or f6 (or use the arrow keys) to sele ct a language, and then press enter to select a language. 4 . When a confirmation prompt with your pr eference selected is displayed, press enter to save your preference. 5 . To set your preferences and exit the Setup Utility , press f10 and then follow the instructions on the screen. Your preferences go int o effect when the computer restarts in Windows. Starting the Setup Utility 117
Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Wind ows-based, it does not support the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow k eys. â To choose an item in a drop-down list or to toggle a field, for example an Enable/Disable field, use either the arrow keys or f5 or f6 . â To select an item, pres s enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Util ity. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <F10>to enter setupâ is di splayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Access the system information by using the Main menu. 3 . To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the ar row keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . (The computer restarts in Windows.) Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explai ns how to restore the Setup Utility defaul t setting s. If the Se tup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already running, begin at step 2. 1 . To start the Setup Utility, turn on or restart the computer, and then press f10 while âPress <F10>to enter setupâ is di splayed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 2 . Select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3 . When the S etup Conf irmation is dis played, press enter to sa ve your preferences. 4 . To set your preferences and ex it the Setup Utility, press f1 0 , and then follow the instructions on the screen. The Setup Utility default settings are set when you exit the Setup Utility and go into effect when the computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you r estore the facto ry default settings. 118 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Using advanced Setup Utility features This section describes the Setup Utility features re commended for all users. For more information about the Setup Utility features recomme nded for advanc ed users on ly, refe r to Help and Support, which is accessible only w hen the computer is in Windows. The Setup Utility features availabl e for advanced user s include a hard drive self-test, a Network Service Boot, and settings for bo ot order preferences. Th e â <F 12 > t o bo ot fr o m L AN â m es s ag e t h at is di s pl ay e d i n t he lo w er -l ef t c o rn er of th e s cr e en ea ch ti me the computer is started or restarted in Wind ows is the prompt for a Network Service B oot. The âPress <F9> to change boot or derâ message that is displayed in the lower-left corner of the screen each time the computer is s tarted or restarted in Windows is the prompt to change the boot order. Closing the Setup Utility You can close the Setup Utility wi th or without saving changes. â To close the Setup Utility and save your changes fr om the curren t session, us e either of the foll owing procedu res: ⦠Press f10 , and then follow the instructions on th e screen. â or â ⦠If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . When you use t he f10 procedure, you are offe red an option to return to the Setup Utility. When you use the Exit Saving Changes procedure, the Setup Utility closes when you press enter . â To close the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visi ble, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After the Setup Utility closes, th e computer restarts in Windows. Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an overview of Setup Utility options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in th is section may not be supported by your computer. Main menu Select To do t his System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the comp uter. â View specification information about th e processor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard contro ller version (select models onl y). Using advanced Setup Utility features 119
Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on password. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Enhanced SATA support (select mo dels only) Enable/disable enhanced SATA mode. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f10 and f12 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f10 and f12 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals o f 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-ROM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot from Floppy. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠ATAPI CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard drive ⦠USB Diske tte on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter Button Sound (selec t models only) E nable/disable the Quick Launch Button tapping sound. Dedicated Video Memory* Select amount of dedicated video memory. Virtualization Technology* Enable/disable the processor Virt ualization Technology. Processor C4 State Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. *Available for AMD processors. Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. NOTE: On models with two hard drives, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Self Test . 120 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Select To do t his Secondary Hard Disk Self Tes t (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test* Run a diag nostic test on system m emory. *Available for AMD processors. Setup Utility menus 121
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height (front to back) 2.60 to 3.90 cm 1.02 to 1.54 in Width 33.40 cm 13.15 in Depth 23.70 cm 9.33 in Weight (with optical drive, hard drive, and battery) 2.49 kg 5.49 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc â19.0 V dc Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operat ing (14. 7 to 10. 1 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonopera ting (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine Nonoperating 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random vibration Operating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min sweep rate 122 Chapter 6 Specifications
Metric U.S. Nonoperating 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min sweep rate NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensio ns Height 27.94 cm 11.0 in Width 20.83 cm 8.2 in Diagonal 35.56 cm 14.1 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ra tio 250:1 (typical) Brightness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.279 à 0.279 mm Format 1280 à 800 Configuration RGB v ertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power consumption 4 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/-40° vertical (ty pical) 14.1-inch, WXGA, BrightView display specifications 123
Hard drive specifications 250-GB* 200-GB* 160-G B* 120- GB* 80-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 102 g 102 g 102 g 102 g 102 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA secu rity ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 2 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 12 ms 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 22 ms 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 495,702,655 390,721,968 317,249,699 237,937,274 158,624,849 Disk rotational speed 5400 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions apply. Consult technical support for details. *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Accessible c apacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ slightl y. 124 Chapter 6 Specifications
DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable d isc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD -MIDI, CD-T EXT, CD- ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD-R , CD-RW, DVD-ROM (D VD-5, DVD- 9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 K B/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD R W 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD- RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-R AM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double -Layer Combo Drive specifications 125
High Definition DVD- ROM and DVD±RW Drive Applicable disc Read: CD-ROM XA, CD Dig ital Audio, CD EXTRA, CD-I, CD-I Ready, Photo-CD (Single and Multisession), Video CD, DVD (Single and double layer), DVD-R, DV D-RW, DVD R, DVD R DL, DVD-R DL, DVD RW, DVD-RAM (Ver 1.0/2.1), HD-DVD-ROM Write: CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, DVD-R DL, DVD R DL Access time CD DV D HD-DVD Random < 150 ms < 160 ms < 330 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-ROM and CD-R 3,600 KB/sec DVD-ROM 10,800 KB/sec CD-R 2,400 KB/sec CD-RW 1,500 KB/sec DVD R 5,400 KB/sec DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec DVD-R 5,400 KB/sec DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec DVD R DL 3,240 KB/sec DVD-RAM 4,050 KB/sec HD-DVD 4,460 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 126 Chapter 6 Specifications
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory acc ess controller DMA5* Available for PC Cardâ DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DMA 1, 2, or 5. â Not assigned for computer models with AMD processors. System DMA specifications 127
System interrupt specificationsâIntel processors Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102 -Key or Microsoft® Nat ural Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Contro llerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82 801DB/ DBM SMBu s Controllerâ24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real -time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHC I controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Controller IRQ11 Intel US B EHCI controllerâ 24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric data processo r IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio possible configur ations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IR Q11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. 128 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specificationsâAMD processors Hardware IRQ System function ISA0 High precision event timer ISA1 Standard 101/102-Key or Microsoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard ISA8 High precision event timer ISA12 Alps Pointing-device (2 way) ISA13 Numeric data processor ISA14 ATA Channel 0 ISA15 ATA Channel 1 PCI5 Ricoh OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller PCI7 Ricoh Memory Stick Controller PCI7 Ricoh SD/MMC Host Controller PCI7 Ricoh xD-Picture Card Cont roller PCI7 SDA Standard Compliant SD Host Controller PC10 nVidia nForce PCI System Manag ement PC16 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller PC16 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller PC17 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller PC17 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller PC18 nVidia nForce PCI System Manag ement PC19 Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN PCI-2 PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge PC21 High Definition Audio Controller PC22 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller PC23 nVidia MCP67M PC-3 PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge PC-4 nVidia nForce Networki ng Controller System interrupt specificationsâAMD processors 129
System I/O address specificationsâIntel processors I/O address (hex) System fu nction (s hipping configur ation) 000 - 00F DMA controller no. 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no. 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset config uration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ config uration for CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer r egisters 044 - 05F Unused 060 Keyboard controller 061 Port B 062 - 063 Unused 064 Keyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enable/RTC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 Port A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no. 2 I/O Address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no. 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondary fixed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Primary fixed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 JoyStick (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 130 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System functi on (shipping configuratio n) 220 - 22F Entertainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unus ed 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reserved serial port 2F0 - 2F7 Unus ed 2F8 - 2FF Infrared port 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondary diskette drive controller 378 - 37F Parallel port (LPT1/defau lt) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3BC - 3BF Reserved (parallel port/no EPP support) 3C0 - 3DF VGA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Internal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Serial port (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration index register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIVO-1) System I/O address specificationsâIntel proc essors 131
System I/O address specificationsâAMD processors I/O address (hex) Sys tem function (shipping config uration) 000 - 008 Direct memory access controller 000 - CF7 PCI Bus 00A - 00F Direct memory access controller 010 - 01F Motherboard resources 020 - 021 Programmable interrupt controller 022 - 03F Motherboard resources 040 - 043 System timer 044 - 05F Motherboard resources 060 - 060 Standard 101/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 061 - 061 System speaker 062 - 062 Microsoft A CPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 063 - 063 Motherboard resources 064 - 064 Standard 101/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 065 - 065 Motherboard resources 066 - 066 Microsoft A CPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 067 - 06F Motherboard resources 070 - 071 072 - 071=3 Motherboard resources 074 - 07f Motherboard resources 080 - 080 Motherboard resources 081 - 083 Direct memory access controller 087 - 087 Direct memory access controller 089 - 08B Direct memory access controller 08F - 08F Direct memory access controller 091 - 093 Motherboard resources 097 - 09F Motherboard resources 0A0 - 0A1 Programmable interrupt controller 0A2 - 0BF Motherboard resources 0C0 - 0D1 Direct memory access controller 0D4 - 0DF Direct memory access con troller 0E0 - 0EF Motherboard resources 0F0 - 0F1 Numeric data processor 1F0 - 1F7 ATA Channel 0 132 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shippi ng confi guratio n) 360 - 361 Mot herboard resources 376 - 376 ATA Channel 1 3B0 - 3BB nVidia MCP67M 3C0 - 3DF nVidia MCP67M 3F6 - 3F6 ATA Channel 0 4D0 - 4D1 Motherboard resources 0D00 - FFFF PCI bus 1000 - 107F Motherboard resources 1080 - 10FF Motherboard resources 1400 - 147F Motherboard resources 1480 - 14FF Motherboard resources 1800 - 187F Motherboard resources 1880 - 18FF Motherboard resources 3000 - 303F nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 3040 - 307F nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 3080 - 30BF nVidia nFOrce PCI System Management 30C0 - 30CF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30D0 - 30D F Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E0 - 30E3 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E4 - 30E7 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30E8 - 30EF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 30F0 - 30F7 Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller 400 - 4FFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge System I/O address specif icationsâAMD pro cessors 133
System memory map specificationsâIntel processors Size Memory address Syst em function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unus ed 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS 134 Chapter 6 Specifications
System memory map specificationsâAMD processors Memory address (hex) System function 000A0000 - 000BFFFF nVidia MCP67M 000A0000 - 000BFFFF PCI bus 000C0000 - 000C3FFF PCI bus 000C4000 - 000C7FFF PCI bus 000C80000 - 00CBFFF PCI bus 000CC000 - 000CFFFF PCI bus 000D000 - 00D3FFF PCI bus 000D4000 - 000D7FFF PCI bus 000D800 - 00DBFFF PCI bus 000DC00 - 00DFFFF PCI bus 000E0000 - 00E3FFF PCI bus 000E4000 - 000E7FFF PCI bus 000E800 - 000EBFFF PCI bus 000EC00 - 000EFFFF PCI bu s 000F0000 - 000FFFFF PCI bu s 4000000 - FEBFFFFF PCI bus D0000000 - DFFFFFFF nVidia MCP6 7M E000000 - EFFFFFFF Motherboard resources F00000 - F3FFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F4000000 - F4FFFFFF nVidia MCP6 7M F500000 - F5FFFFFF nVidia MCP67M F6000000 â F6003FFF Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN F600000 - F60FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F610000 - F61007FF RICOH OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller F6100000 - F61FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge F6100800 - F61008FF SDA Standard Compliant SD Host Controller F6100C00 - F6100CFF Ricoh SD/MMC Host Controller F6101000 - F61010FF Ricoh Memory Stick Controller F6101400 - F61014FF Ricoh xD-Picture Car d Controller F620000 - F627FFFF nVidia nF orce System Manag ement Contro ller F6480000 - F6483FFF High Definition Audio Controller F6484000 - F6485FFF Standard Dual Channel PCI IDE Controller System memory map spec if icationsâAMD processors 135
Memory address (hex) System function F6486000 - F6486FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller F6487000 - F6487FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller F6488000 - F6488FFF nVidia nForce Net working Control ler F6489000 - F64890FF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller FF6489400 - F64894FF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller F6489800 - F648980F nVidia nForce Netw orking Controll er F6489C00 - F6489CFF nVidia nF orce Networ king Controlle r FEC00000 - FEC00FFF System board FEC80000 - FEC80FFF System board FED00000 - FED003FF High precision event timer FEE00000 - FEEFFFFF System board FEF00000 - FEF00FFF System board FFC00000 - FFFFFFFF System board 136 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specification and reference info rmation for the sc rews and screw locks used in the computer. All screws listed in this section are avai lable in the Screw Kit, s pare part number 417108-001 for computers with Intel processors, or 455 867-001 fo r computers with AMD proc essors, and the Displa y Screw Kit, spare part number 417104-0 01 for co mputers with Intel proce ssors, 455868 -001 for computers with AMD pr ocessors. 137
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 captive screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 5 5.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: (1) Two captive screws (secured by C-clips) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer (2) Two captive scre ws (secured b y C-clips) that se cure the memory module compartment cover to the computer (3) One captive scre w (secured by a C-cl ip) that se cures the wireless mo dule compartment cover to the computer 138 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 15 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the hard drive to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 139
Where used: 2 screws th at secure the switch cover to the c omputer Where used: One screw that secures the camera modu le assembly to th e display enclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the wireless ante nna transceivers to the display enclosure Where used: 3 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 140 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures the US B board to the compute r Where used: 2 screw that secures the speaker a ssembly to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 141
Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Silver 4 4.0 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive 142 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 shoulder screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 6.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Two screws that secure the WLAN module to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 15 9.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Philli ps PM2.0Ã 6.0 shoul der screw 1 43
Where used: (1) One screw that secu res the optical drive to the computer (2) Three screws that secure the switch cover to the computer (3) One screw that secures the di splay assembly to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the display beze l bott om edge to the display as sembly Where used: 7 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 144 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures th e top cover to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw 145
Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Silver 9 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the optical drive bracket to the optical drive Where used: 5 screws that secure the TouchPad to the top cover 146 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: Two screws that secure th e WWAN module to the computer Silver Phi llips PM 2.0Ã3.0 sc rew 147
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 9 7.0 mm 2 .5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer 148 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws tha t secure the d i splay assembly to the computer Where used: 4 screws tha t secure the d ispla y hinges to t he display enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 149
Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the camera module bracket to the camera module Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 150 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws that secure the wire less switch board to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the Bl uetooth module to t he computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y switch module to the computer Black Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 151
Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 10 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the di splay assembly to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the display be zel top e dge to th e display asse mbly 152 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 2 screws that secure the display inverter to the display e nclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the to p cover trim to the computer Black Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 153
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 3 5.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the top cover to the computer 154 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Silver Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One scre w that secures th e top cover to the computer Where used: 2 screws that sec ure the audio bo ard to the compute r Silver Phi llips PM 2.5Ã5.0 sc rew 155
Where used: One screw that secures the co nnector bracket to the computer 156 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 1 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One scre w that secures the Tou chPad bracket to the TouchPad bo ard Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw 157
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quan tity Le ngth Th read Head diameter Black 5 4.0 mm 2 .0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the mode m module to the system boa rd Where used: 4 screws that secure the ExpressCard assembl y to the system board 158 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 11.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 captive screws (secured by C-clips) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board Phillips P M2.0Ã11. 0 captive scr ew 159
8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information Tools provided by the operating system and Recovery Manager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeg uarding your informatio n and restoring it in case of a system failure: â Back up your information regularly to protect your important syst em files. â Make a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager soft ware feature). Recovery di scs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and software prog rams to factory sett ings in case of system failure or instability. â Create system restore points ( operating system fe ature). System restore poin ts allow you to reverse undesirable changes to your computer b y restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recover a p rogram or d river (Re covery Mana ger soft ware feature). This feature helps you re install a program or driver without performing a full system recover y. â Perform a full system recovery (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from a ded icated recovery partition on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly scheduled basis. NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored. â Before you add or modify ha rdware or softwar e. 160 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Back up suggestions â Create system restore points using the Windows System Restore feature. â Store personal files in the Documents folder and b ack up these fold ers periodically . â Back up templates stored in their associated programs. â Save custom ized settings in a window , toolbar, or m e nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to rese t your preferences. To copy the screen and paste it into a word-processing document: a . Display the screen. b . Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, pr ess fn prt sc . c . Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Pas te . Using system restore points When you back u p your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system r estore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard driv e at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to revers e subsequent changes made to yo ur system. NOTE: Recove ring to an earlier restore point does not affect data files saved or e-mails cre ated since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased prot ection for yo ur system fi les and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware. â Periodically, whenever the system is performing optimally. NOTE: If you revert to a restore point and then chan ge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a system restore point 1 . Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2 . In the left pane, click System protection . 3 . Click the System Protection tab. 4 . Under Automatic restore points, se lect the disk for which you wa nt to cr eate a restore point. 5 . Click Create . The System Protection window opens. 6 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering syste m information 161
Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a restore point (created at a previous date and time), when th e comput er was functioning optimally, follow these steps: 1 . Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2 . In the left pane, click System protection . 3 . Click the System Protection tab. 4 . Click the System Restore button, and then click Next . The Syste m Restore window op ens. 5 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Creating recovery discs Recovery Manager creates a set of recovery CDs or DV Ds for the comp uter. Use rec overy discs to restore the operating system and s oftware programs to factory settings, in ca se of syst em failure or instability. NOTE: Handle these discs carefully and ke ep them in a sa fe place. T he soft ware allows the creation of only one set of rec overy discs. Note the following guidelines befor e creating recovery discs: â You will need high quality CD-R, DVD-R, or DVD R media (purchased separately). NOTE: Formatted DVD±RW discs and DVD±RW double-l ayer discs are not compa tible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connect ed to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc before inserting it into the computer o ptical drive. â If necessary, you can exit the program before you ha ve finished crea ting the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Manager, you will b e pr ompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1 . Select Start > All Programs > Recover y Manager > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 2 . Click Advanced Options . NOTE: If you are operating the comput er on battery power, you will be promp ted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3 . Click Recovery d isc creation , and then click Next . 4 . Follow the on-screen instructions. 162 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Reinstalling software programs and drivers If a program o r driver preinstalle d at the factory is accidentally erased or is damaged, Recovery Manager allows you to reinstall it. NOTE: Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer or dow nloaded from the manufac turer's Web site. NOTE: Before reinstalling the program, be sure it is fully uninstalled. Recovery Manager replaces corrupted syste m files and reinst alls deleted system fi les w ithin the pr ogram. â In most cases, if the pro gram you are reinstalling is still on your co mputer, the reinstallation process does not affect your personal settings. â In all cases, if a pro gram has been de leted from your computer, th e reinstallation process reinstalls the program or utility to th e factory im age but cannot restore yo ur personal settings. Reinstalling preinstalled programs and drivers 1 . Remove the program or driver: NOTE: In some cases, drivers are not listed in the Pr ograms and Features list . If the driver is not listed, it does not need to be removed. a . Select Start > C ontrol Panel > Prog rams > Uninstall a program . b . Right-click the program or driver you want to remove, and then click Uninstall . 2 . Reinstall the program or dr iver: a . Select Star t > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. b . Click Advanced Options . c . Click either Software program re-installation or Hardware driver re-installatio n , and then click Nex t . d . Follow the on-scre en instructio ns. e . Restart the computer if prompted. Reinstalling programs from discs 1 . Insert the disc into the optical drive. 2 . When the installation wizard opens, follow the installatio n instructions on the screen. 3 . Restart the computer if prompted. Recovering syste m information 163
Performing a recovery Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or re store the system if you exper ience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr e ate or from a de dicated reco very partition on the hard drive. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Re store and driver rollback capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager only re covers software that wa s preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled from t he disc provided by the manufacturer or downloaded from the manufacturer's Web site. Recovering from the recovery discs To restore the system fro m the recovery discs: 1 . Back up all personal files. 2 . Insert the first recovery disc into th e optical drive and restart the computer. 3 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the part ition on the hard drive You can perform a recovery from the partition on the hard drive from either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system fro m the partition, follow these steps: 1 . Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . â Restart the computer and press f11 while the âPress <F11> for re coveryâ message is displaye d on the screen. Then select Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 2 . Click Advanced Options . 3 . Click System recovery , and then clic k Next . 4 . Follow the on-screen instructions. 164 Chapter 8 Backup and Reco very
Deleting the recovery parti tion on the hard drive The Recovery Manager Advanced Options menu provides the option of deleting the recovery partition, which will increase space on the hard drive. Delete the recovery partition only if you have already created recovery discs. CAUTION: After you create the recovery di scs, you can increase sp ace on the hard drive by d eleting the recovery partition. How ever, doing this is no t recommended. If you delete this partition, you will lose any information that is on the partition, including Recovery Manager software. Thereafter , you must use the recovery discs to access Recovery Manager software. To delete the recovery partition: 1 . If you have not already created re covery discs, crea te them now. 2 . Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manage r > Recovery Manager . Recovery Manager opens. 3 . Click Advanced Options . 4 . Click Remove recovery partition , and then click Next . 5 . Follow the on-screen instructions. Updating reinstalled software After you perform a system recove ry, connect to the Internet to update all reinstalled software. To access update links for the operating system and other software provided on your computer: î Select Start > Help and Support . To update optional software, follow the instruct ions provided by the soft ware manufacturer. Some programs include a n update fea ture you can access from a Help button or menu within the program. Recovering syste m information 165
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3G r o u n d Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d 166 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock External monitor 167
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8 Unused 168 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
S-Video-out Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 2 Composite video signal 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 4 S-VHS color ground 5 TV-CD 6 S-VHS intensity ground 7 Composite video ground Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4G r o u n d S-Video-out 169
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set included with the comp uter meets the requirements for use in the country or region where the eq uipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries or regions must meet the requirements of the country or region where the computer is used. Requirements for all countries or regions The requirements listed below are app licable to all countries or regions: â The length of the power cord set must be at leas t 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2. 0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets must be approved by an acce ptable ac credited agency re sponsible for ev aluation in the country or region where th e power cord se t will be used. â T h e p o w e r c o r d s e t s m u s t h a v e a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by each country or regionâs power system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IE C 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the appli ance inlet on the back of the computer. 170 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
Requirements for specific countries or regions Country/region Accr edited agency Applicable note numb er Australi a EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CE BC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMK O 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1 . The flexible cord must be Ty pe HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conductor si ze. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certificatio n m ark of the agency responsible for evalu ation in the country or region where it will be used. 2 . The flexible cord must be Ty pe SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AW G, 3-conductor. The wall plug mus t be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3 . The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and regist ration number in ac cordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm ² co nductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese In dustrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configu ration. 4 . The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.7 5-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5 . The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. Requirements for specific countries or regions 171
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life , do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercised when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this compon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this a ppendix can result in damage to display components. The only components intended for recycling purpos es are the liquid cr ystal display (LCD) pa nel and the backlight. Careful handling must be exercise d when remo ving these components. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product contains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury ma y be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycl ing information, contact your local authorities, or see the Electronic Industries A lliance (EIA) Web site at http://www.eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instru ctions for the display assembly. The disp lay assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight (1) and the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this appendix are ge neral disassembly instructions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, and component shape s and sizes, ca n vary from one computer model to another. 172 Chapter 11 R ecycling
Perform the follow ing steps to disassembl e the display assembly: 1 . Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2 . Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the bezel diseng ages from the display assembly. 3 . Remove the display bezel (3) . Display 173
4 . Disconnect all display panel c ables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5 . Remove a ll screws (1) that secure the disp lay panel assembly to th e display enc losure. 6 . Remove the display panel assembly (2) from the display enclosure. 7 . Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8 . Remove all screws t hat secure the di splay p anel frame to the display panel. 9 . Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of th e display panel to the display panel frame . 174 Chapter 11 R ecycling
10 . Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11 . Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12 . Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it outward. 13 . Remove the backlight cover. 14 . Turn the display panel right-side up. Display 175
15 . Remove the backlight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16 . Turn the display pa nel upside down. 17 . Remove the backlight fram e from the display panel. WARNING! The backlight contains mercur y. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to av oid damaging this c ompon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. 176 Chapter 11 R ecycling
18 . Remove the backlight from the backlight frame. 19 . Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20 . Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21 . Release the LC D panel (3) from the display rear panel. 22 . Release th e tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23 . Remove the LCD panel. 24 . Recycle the LCD panel and bac klight. Display 177
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 port, location 1 5 A AC adapter, spare part numbers 35, 38 administrator password 120 advanced Setup Utility features 119 antenna removal 86 spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 applications key, Windows 11 audio board removal 97 spare part number 24, 41, 46, 47, 97 audio, product description 4 audio-in jack location 14 pin assignments 166 audio-out jack location 14 pin assignments 166 audio-out S/PDIF jack, location 14 B backpack, spare part number 35, 37 backup 160 base enclosure, spare part numbers 25, 41, 42 battery removal 56 spare part numbers 25, 40, 42, 44, 56 battery bay 1 7 battery light 12, 14 battery rele ase latch 17 bezel illustrated 30 spare part numbers 3 0, 40, 42, 58, 60, 84 Bluetooth module removal 98 spare part number 25, 37, 98 Bluetooth module cable illustrated 33 spare part number 45 boot options 12 0 boot order 120 bottom components 17 button sound 120 buttons DVD 9 media 9 next/fast forward 1 0 play/pause 10 power 9 previous/rewind 10 stop 10 volume mute 10 C Cable Kit contents 33 spare part number 29, 33, 38 cables, service considerations 49 camera location 8 product description 4 camera light 8 camera module illustrated 30 removal 57 spare part number 30, 43, 57 camera module cable illustrated 30 removal 87 spare part numbe r 87 caps lock light 12 carrying case, spare pa rt number 35, 38 changing the Setup Utility language 117 chipset, product description 2 closing the Setup Utility 119 CMOS clearing 53 components bottom 17 display 8 front 14 keyboard 11 left-side 15 lights 12 rear 16 right-side 16 top 8 TouchPad 13 composite video cable, spare part number 35, 37 computer feet locations 55 spare part numbe r 55 computer specifications 122 connector pin assignments audio-in 166 audio-out 166 external monitor 167 headphone 166 microphone 166 modem 168 178 Index
monitor 167 network 168 RJ-11 168 RJ-45 168 S-Video-out 16 9 Universal Seri al Bus (USB) 169 connectors, service considerations 49 D Diagnostics menu 120 Digital Media Slot 15 Digital Media Slot light 15 diskette drive precautions 49 product description 4 display assembly removal 82 spare part numbers 1 9, 40, 42, 82 display bezel illustrated 30 release 57, 59 spare part numbers 3 0, 40, 42, 58, 60, 84 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 31, 40, 45 display components illustrated 30 recycling 172 spare part numbers 3 0 display enclosure illustrated 30 spare part numbers 3 1, 40, 42 display hinge removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 display hinge covers spare part number 44 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 display inverter illustrated 30 removal 59, 61 spare part number 30, 38, 59 display panel illustrated 30 product description 3 removal 86 spare part number 30, 40, 44, 86 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 31, 38, 44 display specifications 123 display switch 8 display switch module illustrated 30 removal 104 spare part number 31 spare part numbers 38 docking support, product description 6 Door/Cover Kit contents 32 spare part number 22, 32, 38 drive light 12, 14 drivers, reinstalling 163 drives boot order 120 preventing damage 49 DVB-T antenna adapter, spare part number 35, 38 DVB-T antenna, spare part number 35, 38 DVB-T tuner adapter, spare p art number 35, 38 DVB-T tuner, spare part number 35, 38 DVD button 9 DVD button light 12 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 49 removal 73 spare part number 27, 34, 42, 44, 73 specifications 125 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 49 removal 73 spare part numbers 26, 34, 42, 44, 73 specifications 125 E electros tatic disch arge 50 enhanced SATA support 120 esc key 11 Ethernet, product description 5 expansion port 3 15 ExpressCard assembly removal 109 spare part number 23, 38, 109 ExpressCard slo t 15 ExpressCard s lot bezel, illustrated 32 external media cards, product description 6 external monitor port location 15 pin assignments 167 F fan/heat sink assembly removal 112 spare part number 25, 41, 44, 112 fan/heat sink assembly mounting bracket installation 114 spare part number 25, 38, 114 feet locations 55 spare part number 55 fingerprint reader 10, 117 fingerprint reader, spare part number 35, 45 fn key 11 front components 14 function keys 11 G graphics, product description 2 grounding equipment and methods 5 2 H hard drive precautions 49 product description 4 removal 61 spare part numbers 2 6, 34, 42, 44, 45, 61 specifications 124 hard drive bay 17 Index 179
hard drive cover illustrated 32 removal 63 hard drive self test 120 headphone jack location 14 pin assignments 166 headset, spare p art number 35, 37 hinge removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 hinge cover illustrated 30 removal 85 spare part number 31, 38, 44, 85 HP Notebook QuickDock Adapter, spare part number 36, 38 HP slipcase spare part numbe r 45 I I/O address specifications 130, 132 infrared emitter, spare part number 35, 39 infrared lens 14 interrupt specifications 128, 129 inverter illustrated 30 removal 59, 61 spare part number 30, 38, 59 J jacks audio-in 14 audio-out 14 audio-out S/PDIF 14 headphone 14 microphone 14 modem 16 network 15 RJ-11 16 RJ-45 15 S-Video-out jack 15 K keyboard product description 6 removal 74 spare part numbers 2 0, 41, 74 keyboard components 11 keypad keys 11 keys embedded numeric keypad 11 esc 11 fn 11 function 11 Windows applications 11 Windows logo 11 L language support 117, 120 LED board c able, illustrated 33 left-side compo nents 15 light components 12 lights battery 12, 14 caps lock 12 drive 12, 14 DVD button 12 media button 12 next/fast forward 12 num lock 13 play/pause 12 power 12, 14 previous/rewind 12 stop 12 volume down 12 volume mute 12 volume up 13 wireless 14 M main menu 119 mass storage devices, spare part numbers 34 media button 9 media button light 12 memory map specifications 134, 135 memory module product description 3 removal 71 spare part numbers 26, 42, 44, 71 memory module compartment 17 memory module compartment cover illustrated 32 removal 71 microphone illustrated 30 location 8 product description 4 removal 86 microphone jack location 14 pin assignments 166 model name 1 modem jack location 16 pin assignments 168 modem module product description 5 removal 95 spare part number 23, 38, 47, 95 modem module cable illustrated 33 removal 109 monitor port location 15 pin assignments 167 mouse, spare part numbers 35, 38 N navigating in the Setup Utility 118 network jack location 15 pin assignments 168 next/fast forwar d button 10 next/fast forward light 12 num lock light 13 O operating system, product description 7 optical dri ve location 16 precautions 49 product description 4 180 Index
removal 73 spare part numbers 2 6, 34, 73 specifications 125 P packing guidelines 51 password clearing 53 passwords 120 plastic parts 48 play/pause button 10 play/pause light 12 pointing device componen ts 13 product description 6 ports 1394 15 external monitor port 15 monitor port 15 product description 6 Universal Seri al Bus (USB) 15, 16 power button 9 power button board cable, illustrated 33 power connector 16 power connecto r cable removal 108 spare part number 25, 38, 41, 44, 108 power cord set requirements 170 power cord, spare part numbers 36, 37 power light 12, 14 power requirements, product description 6 power-on password 120 power/USB bracket, spare part numbers 35 previous/rewind button 10 previous/rewind light 12 processor product description 1 removal 115 spare part numbers 2 4, 42, 43, 45, 46, 115 product description audio 4 camera 4 chipset 2 diskette drive 4 display panel 3 docking support 6 Ethern et 5 external media cards 6 graphics 2 hard drives 4 keyboard 6 memory module 3 microphone 4 modem module 5 operating system 7 optical drives 4 pointing devices 6 ports 6 power requirements 6 processors 1 product name 1 security 7 serviceability 7 wireless 5 product name 1 R rear component 16 recovery discs 162 recovery partition, deleting 165 recovery, system 164 remote control, spare part numbers 35, 37, 38, 39 removal/replacement preliminaries 48 procedures 54 restore points 161 RF input adapter cable without ferrite, spare part number 38 RF input adapter cable, sp are part number 35 right-side components 16 RJ-11 ja ck location 16 pin assignments 168 RJ-45 ja ck location 15 pin assignments 168 RTC battery removal 70 spare part number 26, 38, 70 rubber displ ay bezel kit spare part number 45 Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 25, 38, 55 S S-Video-out jack location 15 pin assignments 169 Screw Kit contents 137 spare part number 36, 38, 44 screw listing 137 secondary hard drive s elf test 121 security cable slot 15 Security menu 120 security, product description 7 selecting in the Setup Utility 118 serial number 18, 54 service considerations 48 serviceability, product description 7 Setup Utility changing the lang uage 117 Diagnostics menu 120 displaying system information 118 Main menu 119 navigating 118 overview 117 Security menu 120 selecting 118 starting 117 System Configuration menu 120 using advanced features 119 SIM removal 69 spare part number 69 SIM slot cover, illustrated 32 software reinstalling 163 updating 165 speaker assembly removal 102 spare part number 23, 38, 102 speakers 9 Index 181
specifications computer 122 display 123 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 125 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 125 hard drive 124 I/O addresses 130, 132 interrupts 128, 129 memory map 134, 135 optical drive 125 system DMA 127 static-shielding materials 52 stop button 10 stop light 12 switch cover removal 79 spare part numbers 20, 42, 44, 47, 79 system boa rd removal 106 spare part numbers 23, 40, 106 System Configuration menu 120 system DMA 127 system information 118, 119 system memory map 134, 135 T thermal paste, replacement 113 tools required 48 top components 8 top cover removal 87 spare part numbers 22, 41, 42, 45, 46, 87 top cover trim illustrated 32 removal 105 TouchPad removal 92 spare part number 23, 42, 44, 92 TouchPad cable, spare part number 92 TouchPad components left button 13 light 13 on/off button 13 right button 13 scroll zone 13 TouchPad 13 transporting guidelines 51 TV tuner antenna, spare part number 35, 39 TV tuner remote control, spare part number 38 TV tuner, spare part number 35, 39 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port locations 15, 16 pin assignments 169 unknown password 53 USB board removal 100 spare part number 25, 38, 44, 100 USB board cable, illustrated 33 USB digital drive, spare part number 36, 37 USB infrared receiver 36 USB infrared receiver, spare part number 38 V vents 16, 17 video memory 120 volume down light 12 volume mute button 10 volume mute light 12 volume scroll zone 10 volume up light 1 3 W Windows applications key 11 Windows logo key 11 wireless antenna removal 86 spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 Wireless Antenna Kit, spare part number 31, 40, 45, 86 wireless light 14 wireless module compartment 1 7 wireless module compartment cover illustrated 32 removal 67 wireless switch 14 wireless s witch board removal 94 spare part number 24, 38, 94 wireless, product description 5 WLAN module removal 65 spare part numbers 27, 39, 42, 65 spare part numers 38 workstation guidelines 51 WWAN module removal 78 spare part number 29, 78 spare part numbers 42, 45 182 Index